blob: 263005908c873a1a149a8621901d9c1a19949e1e [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +000015#include "SemaInit.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000016#include "Lookup.h"
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +000017#include "AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
Chris Lattnercb6a3822006-11-10 06:20:45 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar6e8aa532008-08-11 05:35:13 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff021ca182008-05-29 21:12:08 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +000026#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
27#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000028#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner07d754a2008-10-26 23:43:26 +000029#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +000030#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Douglas Gregorb53edfb2009-11-10 19:49:08 +000031#include "clang/Parse/Template.h"
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +000032using namespace clang;
33
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000034
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000035/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
36/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
37///
38/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
39/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
40/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
41/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
42/// function is being used.
43///
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000044/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not want about deprecated
45/// decls.
46///
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000047/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
48/// referenced), false otherwise.
Chris Lattnerb7df3c62009-10-25 22:31:57 +000049///
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000050bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000051 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000052 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
John McCall28a6aea2009-11-04 02:18:39 +000053 EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Loc);
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000054 }
55
Chris Lattnera27dd592009-10-25 17:21:40 +000056 // See if the decl is unavailable
57 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
58 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
59 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
60 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +000061
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000062 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000063 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000064 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
65 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
66 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
67 return true;
68 }
Douglas Gregorde681d42009-02-24 04:26:15 +000069 }
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000070
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +000071 return false;
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000072}
73
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000074/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000075/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +000076/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
77///
78void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000079 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000080 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000081 if (!attr)
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000082 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000083 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
84 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000085
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +000086 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
87 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +000088 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +000089 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
90 int isMethod = 0;
91 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
92 // skip over named parameters.
93 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
94 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
95 if (nullPos)
96 --nullPos;
97 else
98 ++i;
99 }
100 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
101 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000102 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103 // skip over named parameters.
104 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
105 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
106 if (nullPos)
107 --nullPos;
108 else
109 ++i;
110 }
111 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000112 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000113 // block or function pointer call.
114 QualType Ty = V->getType();
115 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000116 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000117 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
118 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000119 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
120 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
121 unsigned k;
122 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
129 }
130 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
131 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000132 } else
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000133 return;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000134 } else
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000135 return;
136
137 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000138 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000139 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000140 return;
141 }
142 int sentinel = i;
143 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
144 --sentinelPos;
145 ++i;
146 }
147 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000149 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000150 return;
151 }
152 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
153 ++i;
154 ++sentinel;
155 }
156 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
Anders Carlsson0b11a3e2009-11-24 17:24:21 +0000157 if (sentinelExpr && (!isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr) &&
158 (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
159 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
160 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)))) {
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000161 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian4a528032009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000162 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian9e877212009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000163 }
164 return;
Fariborz Jahanian027b8862009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000165}
166
Douglas Gregor87f95b02009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000167SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
168 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
169 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
170}
171
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000172//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
173// Standard Promotions and Conversions
174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
175
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000176/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
177void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
178 QualType Ty = E->getType();
179 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
180
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000181 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000182 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
Anders Carlsson6904f642009-09-01 20:37:18 +0000183 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000184 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
185 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
186 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
187 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
188 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
189 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
190 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidis9321c742008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000191 //
192 // C++ 4.2p1:
193 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
194 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
195 //
196 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
197 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson8fc489d2009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000198 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
199 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner61f60a02008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000200 }
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201}
202
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000203void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *&E) {
204 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000205
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000206 QualType Ty = E->getType();
207 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - missing type");
208 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && Ty.hasQualifiers() &&
209 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !Ty->isRecordType()) &&
210 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) {
211 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
212 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
213 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
214 // rvalue is T
215 //
216 // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000217 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
218 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000219 // type of the lvalue.
220 ImpCastExprToType(E, Ty.getUnqualifiedType(), CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
221 }
222}
223
224
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000225/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000226/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000227/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
228/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
229/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
230Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
231 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
232 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000233
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000234 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
235 //
236 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
237 // unsigned int may be used:
238 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
239 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
240 // and unsigned int.
241 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
242 //
243 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
244 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
245 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
246 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000247 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(Expr);
248 if (!PTy.isNull()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000249 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000250 return Expr;
251 }
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000252 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000253 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000254 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, PT, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Douglas Gregor8d9c5092009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000255 return Expr;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000256 }
257
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +0000258 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000259 return Expr;
260}
261
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000262/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000264/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
265void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
266 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
267 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000269 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000271 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000272 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy,
273 CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000274
Chris Lattner2ce500f2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000275 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
276}
277
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000278/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
279/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
280/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
281/// completely illegal.
282bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000283 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000284
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000285 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType() &&
286 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
287 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
288 << Expr->getType() << CT))
289 return true;
Douglas Gregor7ca84af2009-12-12 07:25:49 +0000290
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000291 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType() &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000292 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Expr->getLocStart(),
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +0000293 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
294 << Expr->getType() << CT))
295 return true;
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000296
297 return false;
Anders Carlssona7d069d2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000298}
299
300
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000301/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
302/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000303/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000304/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
305/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
306/// GCC.
307QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
308 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000309 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000311
312 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000313
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000315 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000316 QualType lhs =
317 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000318 QualType rhs =
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000319 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000320
321 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
322 if (lhs == rhs)
323 return lhs;
324
325 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
326 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
327 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
328 return lhs;
329
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000330 // Perform bitfield promotions.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000331 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000332 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
333 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +0000334 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000335 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
336 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
337
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +0000338 QualType destType = Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000339 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +0000340 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
341 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342 return destType;
343}
344
Chris Lattner513165e2008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000345//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
346// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
347//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
348
349
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000350/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000351/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
352/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
353/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
354/// string.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000355///
356Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000357Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000358 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
359
Chris Lattner8a24e582009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000360 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Steve Naroff4f88b312007-03-13 22:37:02 +0000361 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000362 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000363
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +0000364 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000365 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
366 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000368 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscbad7252008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000369 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000370 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000371
372 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
John McCallc33dec32010-03-15 10:54:44 +0000373 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings )
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000374 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000375
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000376 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
377 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
378 // strings.
379 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerd42c29f2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000380 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattner36fc8792008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000381 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000382
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000383 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000384 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
Chris Lattnerf83b5af2009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000385 Literal.GetStringLength(),
386 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
387 &StringTokLocs[0],
388 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner5b183d82006-11-10 05:03:26 +0000389}
390
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000391/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
392/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
393/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
394/// for values inside the block or for globals).
395///
Douglas Gregor4f13beb2010-03-01 20:44:28 +0000396/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockScopeInfo records
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000397/// up-to-date.
398///
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000399static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(Sema &S, BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock,
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000400 ValueDecl *VD) {
401 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
402 // we wanted to.
403 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
404 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000406 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
407 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
408 return false;
409
410 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
411 // snapshot it.
412 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
413 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000414 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
415 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000416
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000417 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
418 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
419
420 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
421 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
422 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
423 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000424 for (unsigned I = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1; I; --I) {
425 BlockScopeInfo *NextBlock = dyn_cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[I]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000426
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +0000427 if (!NextBlock)
428 continue;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000429
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000430 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
431 // having a reference outside it.
432 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
433 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000434
Chris Lattner497d7b02009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000435 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
436 // a snapshot as well.
437 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
438 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000439
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000440 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000441}
442
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000443
444
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +0000445/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build a DeclRefExpr.
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000446Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCallce546572009-12-08 09:08:17 +0000447Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000448 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000449 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
450 Diag(Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000451 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
Anders Carlsson364035d12009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000452 << D->getDeclName();
453 return ExprError();
454 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000456 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
457 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
458 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
459 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000461 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
Anders Carlsson946b86d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000463 << D->getIdentifier();
464 return ExprError();
465 }
466 }
467 }
468 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000470 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000472 return Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
473 SS? (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() : 0,
474 SS? SS->getRange() : SourceRange(),
Douglas Gregored6c7442009-11-23 11:41:28 +0000475 D, Loc, Ty));
Douglas Gregorc7acfdf2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000476}
477
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000478/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
479/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
480/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000481static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
482 RecordDecl *Record) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000484 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000485
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000486 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
487 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
488 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000489 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000490 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000491 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000492 D != DEnd; ++D) {
493 if (*D == Record) {
494 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
495 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
496 ++D;
497 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 return *D;
500 }
501 }
502
503 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
504 return 0;
505}
506
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000507/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
508/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
509/// actual member.
510///
511/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
512/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
513/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
514/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
515/// we found.
516///
517/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
518/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
519/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
520VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
521 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000522 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
523 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
524 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
525
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000526 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000527 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
528 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
529 do {
530 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000531 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000532 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000533 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000534 else {
535 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
536 break;
537 }
538 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000539 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000540 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000541
542 return BaseObject;
543}
544
545Sema::OwningExprResult
546Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
547 FieldDecl *Field,
548 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
549 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
550 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000551 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
Douglas Gregord5846a12009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000552 AnonFields);
553
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
555 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
556 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
557 // found via name lookup.
558 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000559 Qualifiers BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000560 if (BaseObject) {
561 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
562 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000563 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000564 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000565 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000566 SourceLocation());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000567 BaseQuals
568 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000569 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
570 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
571 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
572 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
573 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000574 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000575 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
576 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
577 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000578 BaseQuals
579 = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000580 } else {
581 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
582 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
583 // program our base object expression is "this".
584 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
585 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000586 QualType AnonFieldType
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000587 = Context.getTagDeclType(
588 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
589 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000590 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000591 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
592 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
593 // Our base object expression is "this".
Douglas Gregor4b654412009-12-24 20:23:34 +0000594 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +0000595 MD->getThisType(Context),
596 /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000597 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
598 }
599 } else {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000600 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
601 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000602 }
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000603 BaseQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(MD->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000604 }
605
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000606 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000607 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
608 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000609 }
610
611 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
612 // anonymous struct/union.
613 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000614 Qualifiers ResultQuals = BaseQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000615 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
616 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
617 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
618 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000619 Qualifiers MemberTypeQuals =
620 Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
621
622 // CVR attributes from the base are picked up by members,
623 // except that 'mutable' members don't pick up 'const'.
624 if ((*FI)->isMutable())
625 ResultQuals.removeConst();
626
627 // GC attributes are never picked up by members.
628 ResultQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
629
630 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
631 assert(!MemberTypeQuals.hasAddressSpace());
632
633 Qualifiers NewQuals = ResultQuals + MemberTypeQuals;
634 if (NewQuals != MemberTypeQuals)
635 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, NewQuals);
636
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000637 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +0000638 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Result, /*FIXME:Qualifier=*/0, *FI, *FI);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +0000639 // FIXME: Might this end up being a qualified name?
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000640 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
641 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000642 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000643 ResultQuals = NewQuals;
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 }
645
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000646 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000647}
648
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000649/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationName, its location, and
650/// possibly a list of template arguments.
651///
652/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
653/// DecomposeTemplateName.
654///
655/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
656/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
657/// some way.
658static void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Sema &SemaRef,
659 const UnqualifiedId &Id,
660 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
661 DeclarationName &Name,
662 SourceLocation &NameLoc,
663 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
664 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
665 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
666 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
667
668 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(SemaRef,
669 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
670 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
671 SemaRef.translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
672 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
673
674 TemplateName TName =
675 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
676
677 Name = SemaRef.Context.getNameForTemplate(TName);
678 NameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
679 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
680 } else {
681 Name = SemaRef.GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
682 NameLoc = Id.StartLocation;
683 TemplateArgs = 0;
684 }
685}
686
687/// Decompose the given template name into a list of lookup results.
688///
689/// The unqualified ID must name a non-dependent template, which can
690/// be more easily tested by checking whether DecomposeUnqualifiedId
691/// found template arguments.
692static void DecomposeTemplateName(LookupResult &R, const UnqualifiedId &Id) {
693 assert(Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId);
694 TemplateName TName =
695 Sema::TemplateTy::make(Id.TemplateId->Template).getAsVal<TemplateName>();
696
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000697 if (TemplateDecl *TD = TName.getAsTemplateDecl())
698 R.addDecl(TD);
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +0000699 else if (OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = TName.getAsOverloadedTemplate())
700 for (OverloadedTemplateStorage::iterator I = OT->begin(), E = OT->end();
701 I != E; ++I)
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000702 R.addDecl(*I);
John McCalla9ee3252009-11-22 02:49:43 +0000703
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +0000704 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +0000705}
706
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000707/// Determines whether the given record is "fully-formed" at the given
708/// location, i.e. whether a qualified lookup into it is assured of
709/// getting consistent results already.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000710static bool IsFullyFormedScope(Sema &SemaRef, CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000711 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
712 return false;
713
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000714 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
715 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
716 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
717 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
718 if (!BaseRT) return false;
719
720 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall69f9dbc2010-02-08 19:26:07 +0000721 if (!BaseRecord->hasDefinition() ||
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000722 !IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, BaseRecord))
723 return false;
724 }
725
726 return true;
727}
728
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000729/// Determines whether we can lookup this id-expression now or whether
730/// we have to wait until template instantiation is complete.
731static bool IsDependentIdExpression(Sema &SemaRef, const CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000732 DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000733
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000734 // If the qualifier scope isn't computable, it's definitely dependent.
735 if (!DC) return true;
736
737 // If the qualifier scope doesn't name a record, we can always look into it.
738 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) return false;
739
740 // We can't look into record types unless they're fully-formed.
741 if (!IsFullyFormedScope(SemaRef, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))) return true;
742
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000743 return false;
744}
John McCallf786fb12009-11-30 23:50:49 +0000745
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000746/// Determines if the given class is provably not derived from all of
747/// the prospective base classes.
748static bool IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(Sema &SemaRef,
749 CXXRecordDecl *Record,
750 const llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> &Bases) {
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000751 if (Bases.count(Record->getCanonicalDecl()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000752 return false;
753
Douglas Gregor0a5a2212010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000754 RecordDecl *RD = Record->getDefinition();
John McCalla6d407c2009-12-01 22:28:41 +0000755 if (!RD) return false;
756 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
757
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000758 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator I = Record->bases_begin(),
759 E = Record->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) {
760 CanQualType BaseT = SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType((*I).getType());
761 CanQual<RecordType> BaseRT = BaseT->getAs<RecordType>();
762 if (!BaseRT) return false;
763
764 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000765 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef, BaseRecord, Bases))
766 return false;
767 }
768
769 return true;
770}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000771
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000772enum IMAKind {
773 /// The reference is definitely not an instance member access.
774 IMA_Static,
775
776 /// The reference may be an implicit instance member access.
777 IMA_Mixed,
778
779 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
780 /// so, because the context is not an instance method.
781 IMA_Mixed_StaticContext,
782
783 /// The reference may be to an instance member, but it is invalid if
784 /// so, because the context is from an unrelated class.
785 IMA_Mixed_Unrelated,
786
787 /// The reference is definitely an implicit instance member access.
788 IMA_Instance,
789
790 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration.
791 IMA_Unresolved,
792
793 /// The reference may be to an unresolved using declaration and the
794 /// context is not an instance method.
795 IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext,
796
797 /// The reference is to a member of an anonymous structure in a
798 /// non-class context.
799 IMA_AnonymousMember,
800
801 /// All possible referrents are instance members and the current
802 /// context is not an instance method.
803 IMA_Error_StaticContext,
804
805 /// All possible referrents are instance members of an unrelated
806 /// class.
807 IMA_Error_Unrelated
808};
809
810/// The given lookup names class member(s) and is not being used for
811/// an address-of-member expression. Classify the type of access
812/// according to whether it's possible that this reference names an
813/// instance member. This is best-effort; it is okay to
814/// conservatively answer "yes", in which case some errors will simply
815/// not be caught until template-instantiation.
816static IMAKind ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(Sema &SemaRef,
817 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +0000818 assert(!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000819
820 bool isStaticContext =
821 (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) ||
822 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isStatic());
823
824 if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
825 return isStaticContext ? IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext : IMA_Unresolved;
826
827 // Collect all the declaring classes of instance members we find.
828 bool hasNonInstance = false;
829 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Classes;
830 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +0000831 NamedDecl *D = *I;
832 if (D->isCXXInstanceMember()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +0000833 CXXRecordDecl *R = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
834
835 // If this is a member of an anonymous record, move out to the
836 // innermost non-anonymous struct or union. If there isn't one,
837 // that's a special case.
838 while (R->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
839 R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(R->getParent());
840 if (!R) return IMA_AnonymousMember;
841 }
842 Classes.insert(R->getCanonicalDecl());
843 }
844 else
845 hasNonInstance = true;
846 }
847
848 // If we didn't find any instance members, it can't be an implicit
849 // member reference.
850 if (Classes.empty())
851 return IMA_Static;
852
853 // If the current context is not an instance method, it can't be
854 // an implicit member reference.
855 if (isStaticContext)
856 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_StaticContext : IMA_Error_StaticContext);
857
858 // If we can prove that the current context is unrelated to all the
859 // declaring classes, it can't be an implicit member reference (in
860 // which case it's an error if any of those members are selected).
861 if (IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(SemaRef,
862 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->getParent(),
863 Classes))
864 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed_Unrelated : IMA_Error_Unrelated);
865
866 return (hasNonInstance ? IMA_Mixed : IMA_Instance);
867}
868
869/// Diagnose a reference to a field with no object available.
870static void DiagnoseInstanceReference(Sema &SemaRef,
871 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
872 const LookupResult &R) {
873 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
874 SourceRange Range(Loc);
875 if (SS.isSet()) Range.setBegin(SS.getRange().getBegin());
876
877 if (R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>()) {
878 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)) {
879 if (MD->isStatic()) {
880 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
881 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
882 << Range << R.getLookupName();
883 return;
884 }
885 }
886
887 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
888 << R.getLookupName() << Range;
889 return;
890 }
891
892 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_call_without_object) << Range;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +0000893}
894
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000895/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
896///
897/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +0000898bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000899 LookupResult &R) {
900 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
901
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000902 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000903 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000904 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
905 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000906 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000907 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000908 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
909 }
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000910
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000911 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
912 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
913 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
914 // dependent name.
915 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty()? CurContext : 0;
916 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000917 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
918 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
919
920 if (!R.empty()) {
921 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
922 R.suppressDiagnostics();
923
924 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
925 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
926 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
927 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
928
929 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
930 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
931 // Actually quite difficult!
932 if (isInstance)
933 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000934 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000935 else
936 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
937
938 // Do we really want to note all of these?
939 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
940 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
941
942 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
943 return false;
944 }
945 }
946 }
947
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000948 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000949 if (S && CorrectTypo(R, S, &SS)) {
950 if (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin())) {
951 if (SS.isEmpty())
952 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000953 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
954 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000955 else
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000956 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
957 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
958 << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +0000959 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
960 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +0000961 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
962 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
963 << ND->getDeclName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000964
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000965 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
966 return false;
967 }
968
969 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*R.begin())) {
970 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
971 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
972 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
973 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
974 // to recover well anyway.
975 if (SS.isEmpty())
976 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << R.getLookupName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +0000977 else
Douglas Gregor25363982010-01-01 00:15:04 +0000978 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
979 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << R.getLookupName()
980 << SS.getRange();
981
982 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
983 return true;
984 }
985
986 R.clear();
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +0000987 }
988
989 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
990 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
991 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
992 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
993 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
994 << SS.getRange();
995 return true;
996 }
997
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +0000998 // Give up, we can't recover.
999 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1000 return true;
1001}
1002
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001003Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001004 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001005 UnqualifiedId &Id,
1006 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1007 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1008 assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1009 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1010
1011 if (SS.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001012 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001013
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001014 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001015
1016 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1017 DeclarationName Name;
1018 SourceLocation NameLoc;
1019 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001020 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
1021 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregor90a1a652009-03-19 17:26:29 +00001022
Douglas Gregor4ea80432008-11-18 15:03:34 +00001023 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001024
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001025 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1026 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001027 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1028 // (note: handled after lookup)
1029 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1030 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1031 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001032 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1033 // names a dependent type.
1034 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1035 // we need to handle these differently.
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00001036 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1037 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) ||
1038 (SS.isSet() && IsDependentIdExpression(*this, SS))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001039 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, Name, NameLoc,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00001040 isAddressOfOperand,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001041 TemplateArgs);
1042 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001043
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001044 // Perform the required lookup.
1045 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1046 if (TemplateArgs) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001047 // Just re-use the lookup done by isTemplateName.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001048 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001049 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001050 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1051 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001052
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001053 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1054 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001055 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1056 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001057 if (E.isInvalid())
1058 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001059
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001060 Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>();
1061 if (Ex) return Owned(Ex);
Steve Naroffebf4cb42008-06-02 23:03:37 +00001062 }
Chris Lattner59a25942008-03-31 00:36:02 +00001063 }
Douglas Gregorf15f5d32009-02-16 19:28:42 +00001064
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001065 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1066 return ExprError();
1067
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001068 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1069 // argument-dependent lookup.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001070 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001071
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001072 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
Bill Wendling4073ed52007-02-13 01:51:42 +00001073 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001074 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1075 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1076 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1077 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1078 }
1079
1080 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1081 // call, diagnose the problem.
1082 if (R.empty()) {
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00001083 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R))
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00001084 return ExprError();
1085
1086 assert(!R.empty() &&
1087 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001088
1089 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1090 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001091 // reference the ivar.
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00001092 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1093 R.clear();
1094 OwningExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1095 assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
1096 return move(E);
1097 }
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00001098 }
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001099 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001100
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001101 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1102 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1103
1104 if (VarDecl *Var = R.getAsSingle<VarDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001105 // Warn about constructs like:
1106 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1107 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001108
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001109 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1110 Scope *CheckS = S;
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001111 while (CheckS && CheckS->getControlParent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001112 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001113 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001114 ExprError(Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001115 << Var->getDeclName()
1116 << (Var->getType()->isPointerType()? 2 :
1117 Var->getType()->isBooleanType()? 1 : 0));
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001118 break;
1119 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001120
Douglas Gregor13a2c032009-11-05 17:49:26 +00001121 // Move to the parent of this scope.
1122 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001123 }
1124 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001125 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = R.getAsSingle<FunctionDecl>()) {
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001126 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1127 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1128 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1129 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1130 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1131 // type.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001132 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, NameLoc))
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001133 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001134
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001135 QualType T = Func->getType();
1136 QualType NoProtoType = T;
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001137 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001138 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001139 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, NameLoc, &SS);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001140 }
1141 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001142
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001143 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1144 // C++ [expr.prim.general]p6:
1145 // Within the definition of a non-static member function, an
1146 // identifier that names a non-static member is transformed to a
1147 // class member access expression.
1148 // But note that &SomeClass::foo is grammatically distinct, even
1149 // though we don't parse it that way.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001150 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001151 bool isAbstractMemberPointer = (isAddressOfOperand && !SS.isEmpty());
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001152 if (!isAbstractMemberPointer)
1153 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001154 }
1155
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001156 if (TemplateArgs)
1157 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001158
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001159 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1160}
1161
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001162/// Builds an expression which might be an implicit member expression.
1163Sema::OwningExprResult
1164Sema::BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1165 LookupResult &R,
1166 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
1167 switch (ClassifyImplicitMemberAccess(*this, R)) {
1168 case IMA_Instance:
1169 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, true);
1170
1171 case IMA_AnonymousMember:
1172 assert(R.isSingleResult());
1173 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(R.getNameLoc(),
1174 R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>());
1175
1176 case IMA_Mixed:
1177 case IMA_Mixed_Unrelated:
1178 case IMA_Unresolved:
1179 return BuildImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs, false);
1180
1181 case IMA_Static:
1182 case IMA_Mixed_StaticContext:
1183 case IMA_Unresolved_StaticContext:
1184 if (TemplateArgs)
1185 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *TemplateArgs);
1186 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
1187
1188 case IMA_Error_StaticContext:
1189 case IMA_Error_Unrelated:
1190 DiagnoseInstanceReference(*this, SS, R);
1191 return ExprError();
1192 }
1193
1194 llvm_unreachable("unexpected instance member access kind");
1195 return ExprError();
1196}
1197
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001198/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1199/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1200/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1201/// this path.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001202Sema::OwningExprResult
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001203Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001204 DeclarationName Name,
1205 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1206 DeclContext *DC;
1207 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
1208 DC->isDependentContext() ||
1209 RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS))
1210 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, Name, NameLoc, 0);
1211
1212 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1213 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1214
1215 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1216 return ExprError();
1217
1218 if (R.empty()) {
1219 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member) << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
1220 return ExprError();
1221 }
1222
1223 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1224}
1225
1226/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1227/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1228/// additional lookup.
1229///
1230/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1231/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1232///
1233/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1234Sema::OwningExprResult
1235Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001236 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001237 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001238 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00001239
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001240 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1241 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1242 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1243 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1244 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1245
1246 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1247 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1248 // ivar, that's an error.
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001249 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001250
1251 bool LookForIvars;
1252 if (Lookup.empty())
1253 LookForIvars = true;
1254 else if (IsClassMethod)
1255 LookForIvars = false;
1256 else
1257 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1258 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
Fariborz Jahanian45878032010-02-09 19:31:38 +00001259 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001260 if (LookForIvars) {
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001261 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001262 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1263 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1264 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1265 if (IsClassMethod)
1266 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1267 << IV->getDeclName());
1268
1269 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1270 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1271 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1272 return ExprError();
1273
1274 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1275 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1276 return ExprError();
1277
1278 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1279 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1280 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1281 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1282
1283 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1284 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1285 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1286 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001287 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001288 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1289 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1290 SelfName, false, false);
1291 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1292 return Owned(new (Context)
1293 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1294 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
1295 }
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001296 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001297 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
Chris Lattner87313662010-04-12 05:10:17 +00001298 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001299 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1300 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1301 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1302 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1303 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1304 }
1305 }
1306
Fariborz Jahanian6fada5b2010-01-12 23:58:59 +00001307 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1308 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1309 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1310 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1311 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1312 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1313 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1314 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1315 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1316 }
1317 }
1318 }
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001319 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1320 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001321}
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001322
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001323/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
1324///
1325/// Logically this happens in three phases:
1326///
1327/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
1328/// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
1329/// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
1330/// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
1331///
1332/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
1333/// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
1334/// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
1335/// the class declaring the member.
1336///
1337/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
1338/// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
1339/// obey access control.
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001340bool
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001341Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From,
1342 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001343 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001344 NamedDecl *Member) {
1345 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
1346 if (!RD)
1347 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001348
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001349 QualType DestRecordType;
1350 QualType DestType;
1351 QualType FromRecordType;
1352 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1353 bool PointerConversions = false;
1354 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
1355 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001356
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001357 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1358 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
1359 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1360 PointerConversions = true;
1361 } else {
1362 DestType = DestRecordType;
1363 FromRecordType = FromType;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001364 }
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001365 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
1366 if (Method->isStatic())
1367 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001368
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001369 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
1370 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001371
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001372 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1373 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
1374 PointerConversions = true;
1375 } else {
1376 FromRecordType = FromType;
1377 DestType = DestRecordType;
1378 }
1379 } else {
1380 // No conversion necessary.
1381 return false;
1382 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001383
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001384 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
1385 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001386
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001387 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
1388 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1389 return false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001390
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001391 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
1392 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
1393
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001394 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001395 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001396 // class name.
1397 //
1398 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
1399 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
1400 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
1401 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
1402 //
1403 // class Base { public: int x; };
1404 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
1405 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
1406 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
1407 //
1408 // void VeryDerived::f() {
1409 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
1410 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
1411 // }
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001412 if (Qualifier) {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001413 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
1414 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
1415 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
1416
1417 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
1418
1419 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
1420 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
1421 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
1422 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
1423 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
1424 FromLoc, FromRange))
1425 return true;
1426
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001427 if (PointerConversions)
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001428 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001429 ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001430 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1431
1432 FromType = QType;
1433 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
1434
1435 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
1436 // we're done.
1437 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
1438 return false;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001439 }
1440 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001441
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001442 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001443
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001444 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
1445 // down to the using declaration's type.
1446 //
1447 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
1448 // class ever has member declarations.
1449 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
1450 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
1451 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
1452 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
1453
1454 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
1455 // conversion is non-trivial.
1456 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
1457 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
1458 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
1459 FromLoc, FromRange))
1460 return true;
1461
1462 QualType UType = URecordType;
1463 if (PointerConversions)
1464 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001465 ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001466 /*isLvalue*/ !PointerConversions);
1467 FromType = UType;
1468 FromRecordType = URecordType;
1469 }
1470
1471 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
1472 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
1473 IgnoreAccess = true;
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001474 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001475
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001476 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1477 DestRecordType,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001478 FromLoc,
1479 FromRange,
1480 IgnoreAccess))
Douglas Gregorcc3f3252010-03-03 23:55:11 +00001481 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001482
John McCalld9c7c6562010-03-30 23:58:03 +00001483 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
1484 /*isLvalue=*/ !PointerConversions);
Fariborz Jahanian3f150832009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001485 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianbb67b822009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001486}
Douglas Gregor3256d042009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001487
Douglas Gregorf405d7e2009-08-31 23:41:50 +00001488/// \brief Build a MemberExpr AST node.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001489static MemberExpr *BuildMemberExpr(ASTContext &C, Expr *Base, bool isArrow,
Eli Friedman2cfcef62009-12-04 06:40:45 +00001490 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ValueDecl *Member,
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00001491 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
1492 SourceLocation Loc, QualType Ty,
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001493 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0) {
1494 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = 0;
1495 SourceRange QualifierRange;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001496 if (SS.isSet()) {
1497 Qualifier = (NestedNameSpecifier *) SS.getScopeRep();
1498 QualifierRange = SS.getRange();
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001499 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001500
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001501 return MemberExpr::Create(C, Base, isArrow, Qualifier, QualifierRange,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00001502 Member, FoundDecl, Loc, TemplateArgs, Ty);
Douglas Gregorc1905232009-08-26 22:36:53 +00001503}
1504
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001505/// Builds an implicit member access expression. The current context
1506/// is known to be an instance method, and the given unqualified lookup
1507/// set is known to contain only instance members, at least one of which
1508/// is from an appropriate type.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001509Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001510Sema::BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1511 LookupResult &R,
1512 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
1513 bool IsKnownInstance) {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001514 assert(!R.empty() && !R.isAmbiguous());
1515
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001516 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001517
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001518 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1519 // (C++ [class.union]).
Douglas Gregor6493d9c2009-10-22 07:08:30 +00001520 // FIXME: This needs to happen post-isImplicitMemberReference?
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001521 // FIXME: template-ids inside anonymous structs?
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00001522 if (FieldDecl *FD = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>())
Douglas Gregor9ac7a072009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001523 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001524 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001525
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001526 // If this is known to be an instance access, go ahead and build a
1527 // 'this' expression now.
1528 QualType ThisType = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)->getThisType(Context);
1529 Expr *This = 0; // null signifies implicit access
1530 if (IsKnownInstance) {
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00001531 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
1532 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
1533 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
1534 This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisType, /*isImplicit=*/true);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001535 }
1536
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00001537 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, This), ThisType,
1538 /*OpLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
1539 /*IsArrow*/ true,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00001540 SS,
1541 /*FirstQualifierInScope*/ 0,
1542 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001543}
1544
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001545bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001546 const LookupResult &R,
1547 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001548 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
1549 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
1550 return false;
1551
1552 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001553 if (SS.isSet())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001554 return false;
1555
1556 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001557 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001558 return false;
1559
1560 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
1561 // normal lookup:
1562 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1563 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1564
1565 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1566 // -- a declaration of a class member
1567 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
1568 // original decl.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00001569 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001570 return false;
1571
1572 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1573 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
1574 // using-declaration
1575 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
1576 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
1577 // turn off ADL anyway).
1578 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1579 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1580 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1581 return false;
1582
1583 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
1584 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
1585 // template
1586 // And also for builtin functions.
1587 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1588 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
1589
1590 // But also builtin functions.
1591 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
1592 return false;
1593 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
1594 return false;
1595 }
1596
1597 return true;
1598}
1599
1600
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001601/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
1602/// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
1603/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
1604/// will in fact be used.
1605static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1606 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
1607 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
1608 return true;
1609 }
1610
1611 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
1612 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
1613 return true;
1614 }
1615
1616 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
1617 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
1618 return true;
1619 }
1620
1621 return false;
1622}
1623
1624Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001625Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001626 LookupResult &R,
1627 bool NeedsADL) {
John McCall3a60c872009-12-08 22:45:53 +00001628 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
1629 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
Douglas Gregor4b4844f2010-01-29 17:15:43 +00001630 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001631 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001632
1633 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
1634 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
1635 // functions and function templates.
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001636 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
1637 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001638 return ExprError();
1639
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001640 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
1641 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
1642 // we've picked a target.
1643 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1644
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001645 bool Dependent
1646 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), 0);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001647 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001648 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, Dependent, R.getNamingClass(),
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001649 (NestedNameSpecifier*) SS.getScopeRep(),
1650 SS.getRange(),
John McCallb53bbd42009-11-22 01:44:31 +00001651 R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
1652 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult());
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00001653 ULE->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001654
1655 return Owned(ULE);
1656}
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001657
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001658
1659/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1660Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001661Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001662 SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
1663 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00001664 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
1665 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001666
1667 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
1668 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00001669
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001670 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
1671 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
1672 // a template argument list.
1673 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
1674 << Template << SS.getRange();
1675 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
1676 return ExprError();
1677 }
1678
1679 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
1680 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
1681 if (!VD) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001682 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001683 << D << SS.getRange();
John McCallb48971d2009-12-18 18:35:10 +00001684 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
Douglas Gregore7488b92009-12-01 16:58:18 +00001685 return ExprError();
1686 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001687
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001688 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1689 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1690 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1691 // that overload resolution actually selects.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001692 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001693 return ExprError();
1694
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001695 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1696 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001697 return ExprError();
1698
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001699 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1700 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1701 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1702 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001703 //
Chris Lattner2a9d9892008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001704 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1705 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1706 //
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001707 if (getCurBlock() &&
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00001708 ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(*this, getCurBlock(), VD)) {
Mike Stump7dafa0d2010-01-05 02:56:35 +00001709 if (VD->getType().getTypePtr()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1710 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1711 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1712 return ExprError();
1713 }
1714
Fariborz Jahanianfa24e102010-03-16 23:39:51 +00001715 if (VD->getType()->isArrayType()) {
Mike Stump8971a862010-01-05 03:10:36 +00001716 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1717 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1718 return ExprError();
1719 }
1720
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001721 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001722 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001723 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001724 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001725 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001726 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1727 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001728 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001729
Eli Friedman7fa3faa2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001730 ExprTy.addConst();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001731 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001732 constAdded));
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001733 }
1734 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1735 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001736
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00001737 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc, &SS);
Chris Lattner17ed4872006-11-20 04:58:19 +00001738}
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001739
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001740Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1741 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001742 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001743
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001744 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001745 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner6307f192008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001746 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1747 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1748 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001749 }
Chris Lattner317e6ba2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001750
Chris Lattnera81a0272008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001751 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1752 // string.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001753
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001754 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1755 if (!currentDecl) {
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001756 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
Anders Carlsson2fb08242009-09-08 18:24:21 +00001757 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
Chris Lattnerf45c5ec2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001758 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001759
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001760 QualType ResTy;
1761 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
1762 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
1763 } else {
Anders Carlsson5bd8d192010-02-11 18:20:28 +00001764 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001765
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001766 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001767 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
Anders Carlsson0b209a82009-09-11 01:22:35 +00001768 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1769 }
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001770 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001771}
1772
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001773Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001774 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
Douglas Gregordc970f02010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001775 bool Invalid = false;
1776 llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
1777 if (Invalid)
1778 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001779
Benjamin Kramer0a1abd42010-02-27 13:44:12 +00001780 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
1781 PP);
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001782 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001783 return ExprError();
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001784
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001785 QualType Ty;
1786 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
1787 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
1788 else if (Literal.isWide())
1789 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
Eli Friedmaneb1df702010-02-03 18:21:45 +00001790 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
1791 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001792 else
1793 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
Chris Lattneref24b382008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001794
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001795 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1796 Literal.isWide(),
Chris Lattnerc3847ba2009-12-30 21:19:39 +00001797 Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00001798}
1799
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001800Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1801 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001802 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1803 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner9240b3e2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001804 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerc4c18192009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001805 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001806 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff5faaef72009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001807 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001808 }
Ted Kremeneke9814182009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001809
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001810 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattnera1cf5f92008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001811 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1812 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Steve Naroff8160ea22007-03-06 01:09:46 +00001813 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001814
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001815 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
Douglas Gregordc970f02010-03-16 22:30:13 +00001816 bool Invalid = false;
1817 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
1818 if (Invalid)
1819 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001820
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001821 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
Steve Naroff451d8f162007-03-12 23:22:38 +00001822 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
Steve Narofff2fb89e2007-03-13 20:29:44 +00001823 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001824 return ExprError();
1825
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001826 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001827
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001828 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001829 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001830 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001831 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001832 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattnerec0a6d92007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001833 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001834 else
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001835 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001836
1837 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1838
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001839 using llvm::APFloat;
1840 APFloat Val(Format);
1841
1842 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
John McCall122c8312009-12-24 11:09:08 +00001843
1844 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
1845 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
1846 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
1847 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001848 unsigned diagnostic;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00001849 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001850 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
John McCall62abc942010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001851 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001852 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
1853 } else {
John McCall62abc942010-02-26 23:35:57 +00001854 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
John McCall53b93a02009-12-24 09:08:04 +00001855 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
1856 }
1857
1858 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
1859 << Ty
1860 << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
1861 }
1862
1863 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
Chris Lattnere4edb8e2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001864 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001865
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001866 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001867 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001868 } else {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001869 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001870
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001871 // long long is a C99 feature.
1872 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth4a1ee052007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001873 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothac582c52007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001874 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1875
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001876 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001877 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001878
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001879 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1880 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1881 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001882 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1883 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001884 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001885 } else {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001886 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1887 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001888
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001889 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1890 // be an unsigned int.
1891 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1892
1893 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001894 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner7b939cf2007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001895 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1896 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001897 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001898
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001899 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1900 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1901 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1902 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001903 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001904 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001905 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001906 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001907 }
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001908 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001909
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001910 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001911 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001912 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001913
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001914 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1915 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1916 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1917 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001918 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001919 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001920 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001921 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001922 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001923 }
1924
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001925 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001926 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001927 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001928
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001929 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1930 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1931 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1932 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001933 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001934 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001935 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001936 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001937 }
1938 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001939
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001940 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1941 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001942 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001943 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001944 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001945 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner67ca9252007-05-21 01:08:44 +00001946 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001947
Chris Lattner55258cf2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001948 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1949 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001950 }
Sebastian Redl20614a72009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001951 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Steve Naroff09ef4742007-03-09 23:16:33 +00001952 }
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001953
Chris Lattner1c20a172007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001954 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1955 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001956 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001957 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001958
1959 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001960}
1961
Sebastian Redlffbcf962009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001962Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1963 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001964 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001965 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001966 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00001967}
1968
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00001969/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00001970/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001971bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001972 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1973 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1974 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001975 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1976 return false;
1977
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001978 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
1979 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
1980 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
1981 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
1982 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
1983 exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1984
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00001985 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00001986 if (exprType->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001987 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001988 if (isSizeof)
1989 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1990 return false;
1991 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001992
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001993 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001994 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001995 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1996 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattnerb1355b12009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001997 return false;
1998 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001999
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002000 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00002001 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2002 << int(!isSizeof) << ExprRange))
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002003 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002004
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002005 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanian1dcb3222009-04-24 17:34:33 +00002006 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002007 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnercd2a8c52009-04-24 22:30:50 +00002008 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
2009 return true;
Chris Lattner37920f52009-04-21 19:55:16 +00002010 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002011
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002012 return false;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002013}
2014
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002015bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2016 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
2017 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002018
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002019 // alignof decl is always ok.
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002020 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2021 return false;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002022
2023 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2024 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2025 return false;
2026
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002027 if (E->getBitField()) {
2028 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
2029 return true;
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002030 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002031
2032 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2033 // bit-field.
2034 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00002035 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002036 return false;
2037
Chris Lattner8dff0172009-01-24 20:17:12 +00002038 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
2039}
2040
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002041/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002042Action::OwningExprResult
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002043Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002044 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002045 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002046 if (!TInfo)
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002047 return ExprError();
2048
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002049 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
John McCall4c98fd82009-11-04 07:28:41 +00002050
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002051 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2052 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
2053 return ExprError();
2054
2055 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002056 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, TInfo,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002057 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2058 R.getEnd()));
2059}
2060
2061/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2062/// operand.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002063Action::OwningExprResult
2064Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002065 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
2066 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2067 bool isInvalid = false;
2068 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2069 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2070 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
2071 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00002072 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002073 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2074 isInvalid = true;
2075 } else {
2076 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
2077 }
2078
2079 if (isInvalid)
2080 return ExprError();
2081
2082 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2083 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
2084 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2085 R.getEnd()));
2086}
2087
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002088/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
2089/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2090/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002091Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002092Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
2093 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner0d8b1a12006-11-20 04:34:45 +00002094 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002095 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00002096
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002097 if (isType) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002098 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2099 (void) GetTypeFromParser(TyOrEx, &TInfo);
2100 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002101 }
Sebastian Redl6f282892008-11-11 17:56:53 +00002102
Douglas Gregor0950e412009-03-13 21:01:28 +00002103 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2104 Action::OwningExprResult Result
2105 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
2106
2107 if (Result.isInvalid())
2108 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
2109
2110 return move(Result);
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002111}
2112
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002113QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002114 if (V->isTypeDependent())
2115 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002116
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002117 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002118 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002119 return CT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002120
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002121 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
2122 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
2123 return V->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002124
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002125 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00002126 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
2127 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnere267f5d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00002128 return QualType();
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00002129}
2130
2131
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002132
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002133Action::OwningExprResult
2134Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2135 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002136 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
2137 switch (Kind) {
2138 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
2139 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
2140 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
2141 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002142
Eli Friedmancfdd40c2009-11-18 03:38:04 +00002143 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002144}
2145
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002146Action::OwningExprResult
2147Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2148 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002149 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
2150 Base = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Base));
2151
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002152 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
2153 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002154
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002155 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002156 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
2157 Base.release();
2158 Idx.release();
2159 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
2160 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
2161 }
2162
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002163 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002164 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman254a1a22008-12-15 22:34:21 +00002165 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
2166 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
2167 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002168 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, move(Base),move(Idx));
Douglas Gregor40412ac2008-11-19 17:17:41 +00002169 }
2170
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00002171 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
2172}
2173
2174
2175Action::OwningExprResult
2176Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
2177 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
2178 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get());
2179 Expr *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
2180
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002181 // Perform default conversions.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002182 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>())
2183 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
2184 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002185
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002186 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002187
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002188 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002189 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002190 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Steve Narofff1e53692007-03-23 22:27:02 +00002191 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002192 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
2193 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002194 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
2195 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2196 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2197 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002198 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002199 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2200 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002201 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002202 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattneraee0cfd2007-07-16 00:23:25 +00002203 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002204 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2205 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002206 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002207 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002208 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002209 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2210 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
2211 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002212 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002213 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002214 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
2215 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2216 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
2217 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002218 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner41977962007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002219 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002220 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begemanc1bf0612009-01-18 00:45:31 +00002221
Chris Lattner36d572b2007-07-16 00:14:47 +00002222 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
2223 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002224 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2225 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00002226 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002227 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
2228 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
2229 // force the promotion here.
2230 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2231 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002232 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
2233 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002234 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
2235
2236 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
2237 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002238 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002239 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
2240 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
2241 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
2242 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002243 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
2244 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Eli Friedmanab2784f2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00002245 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
2246
2247 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
2248 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002249 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffb3096442007-06-09 03:47:53 +00002250 } else {
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002251 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
2252 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002253 }
Steve Naroffc1aadb12007-03-28 21:49:40 +00002254 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002255 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
2256 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00002257 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
2258 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffb29cdd52007-07-10 18:23:31 +00002259
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00002260 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
Sam Weinigb7608d72009-09-14 20:14:57 +00002261 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
2262 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sam Weinig914244e2009-09-14 01:58:58 +00002263 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
2264
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002265 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002266 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
2267 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002268 // incomplete types are not object types.
2269 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
2270 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
2271 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2272 return ExprError();
2273 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002274
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002275 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002276 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00002277 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
2278 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00002279 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002280
Chris Lattner62975a72009-04-24 00:30:45 +00002281 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
2282 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
2283 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
2284 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2285 return ExprError();
2286 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002287
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002288 Base.release();
2289 Idx.release();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002290 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002291 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00002292}
2293
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002294QualType Sema::
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002295CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002296 const IdentifierInfo *CompName,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002297 SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Daniel Dunbarc0429402009-10-18 02:09:38 +00002298 // FIXME: Share logic with ExtVectorElementExpr::containsDuplicateElements,
2299 // see FIXME there.
2300 //
2301 // FIXME: This logic can be greatly simplified by splitting it along
2302 // halving/not halving and reworking the component checking.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002303 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAs<ExtVectorType>();
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002304
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002305 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002306 const char *compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002307
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002308 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002309 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
2310 // to be selected.
2311 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002312
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002313 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
2314 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman0359e122009-06-25 21:06:09 +00002315 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002316
2317 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
2318 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002319 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002320 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
2321 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002322 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002323 do
2324 compStr++;
2325 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002326 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002327 do
2328 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002329 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner7e152db2007-08-02 22:33:49 +00002330 }
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002331
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002332 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002333 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
2334 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002335 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
2336 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002337 return QualType();
2338 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002339
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002340 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
2341 // operates on.
2342 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
Daniel Dunbar2c422dc92009-10-18 20:26:12 +00002343 compStr = CompName->getNameStart();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002344
2345 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002346 compStr++;
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002347
2348 while (*compStr) {
2349 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2350 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2351 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2352 return QualType();
2353 }
2354 }
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002355 }
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002356
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002357 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002358 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002359 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002360 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanf322eab2008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002361 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begemanac8183a2009-12-15 18:13:04 +00002362 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? (vecType->getNumElements() + 1) / 2
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002363 : CompName->getLength();
Nate Begemanbb70bf62009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002364 if (HexSwizzle)
2365 CompSize--;
2366
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002367 if (CompSize == 1)
2368 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002369
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002370 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002371 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002372 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2373 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2374 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2375 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffddf5a1d2007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002376 }
2377 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Narofff8fd09e2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002378}
2379
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002380static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002381 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002382 const Selector &Sel,
2383 ASTContext &Context) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002384
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002385 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002386 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002387 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002388 return OMD;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002389
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002390 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2391 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002392 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002393 Context))
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002394 return D;
2395 }
2396 return 0;
2397}
2398
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002399static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002400 IdentifierInfo *Member,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002401 const Selector &Sel,
2402 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002403 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2404 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002405 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002406 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00002407 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Member)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002408 GDecl = PD;
2409 break;
2410 }
2411 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002412 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002413 GDecl = OMD;
2414 break;
2415 }
2416 }
2417 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002418 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002419 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2420 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002421 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahaniand302bbd02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002422 if (GDecl)
2423 return GDecl;
2424 }
2425 }
2426 return GDecl;
2427}
Chris Lattner4bf74fd2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002428
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002429Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002430Sema::ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseType,
2431 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002432 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2433 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2434 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2435 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2436 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
2437
2438 // Even in dependent contexts, try to diagnose base expressions with
2439 // obviously wrong types, e.g.:
2440 //
2441 // T* t;
2442 // t.f;
2443 //
2444 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2445 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2446 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2447 if (!IsArrow) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002448 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002449 if (PT && (!getLangOptions().ObjC1 ||
2450 PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType())) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002451 assert(BaseExpr && "cannot happen with implicit member accesses");
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002452 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002453 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002454 return ExprError();
2455 }
2456 }
2457
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00002458 assert(BaseType->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002459
2460 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2461 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002462 return Owned(CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(Context, BaseExpr, BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002463 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2464 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()),
2465 SS.getRange(),
2466 FirstQualifierInScope,
2467 Name, NameLoc,
2468 TemplateArgs));
2469}
2470
2471/// We know that the given qualified member reference points only to
2472/// declarations which do not belong to the static type of the base
2473/// expression. Diagnose the problem.
2474static void DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(Sema &SemaRef,
2475 Expr *BaseExpr,
2476 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002477 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002478 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002479 // If this is an implicit member access, use a different set of
2480 // diagnostics.
2481 if (!BaseExpr)
2482 return DiagnoseInstanceReference(SemaRef, SS, R);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002483
2484 // FIXME: this is an exceedingly lame diagnostic for some of the more
2485 // complicated cases here.
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002486 DeclContext *DC = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getDeclContext();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002487 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002488 << SS.getRange() << DC << BaseType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002489}
2490
2491// Check whether the declarations we found through a nested-name
2492// specifier in a member expression are actually members of the base
2493// type. The restriction here is:
2494//
2495// C++ [expr.ref]p2:
2496// ... In these cases, the id-expression shall name a
2497// member of the class or of one of its base classes.
2498//
2499// So it's perfectly legitimate for the nested-name specifier to name
2500// an unrelated class, and for us to find an overload set including
2501// decls from classes which are not superclasses, as long as the decl
2502// we actually pick through overload resolution is from a superclass.
2503bool Sema::CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr,
2504 QualType BaseType,
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002505 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002506 const LookupResult &R) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002507 const RecordType *BaseRT = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
2508 if (!BaseRT) {
2509 // We can't check this yet because the base type is still
2510 // dependent.
2511 assert(BaseType->isDependentType());
2512 return false;
2513 }
2514 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002515
2516 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002517 // If this is an implicit member reference and we find a
2518 // non-instance member, it's not an error.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002519 if (!BaseExpr && !(*I)->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002520 return false;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002521
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002522 // Note that we use the DC of the decl, not the underlying decl.
2523 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>((*I)->getDeclContext());
2524 while (RecordD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
2525 RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordD->getParent());
2526
2527 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl*,4> MemberRecord;
2528 MemberRecord.insert(RecordD->getCanonicalDecl());
2529
2530 if (!IsProvablyNotDerivedFrom(*this, BaseRecord, MemberRecord))
2531 return false;
2532 }
2533
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002534 DiagnoseQualifiedMemberReference(*this, BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002535 return true;
2536}
2537
2538static bool
2539LookupMemberExprInRecord(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R,
2540 SourceRange BaseRange, const RecordType *RTy,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002541 SourceLocation OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002542 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
2543 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, QualType(RTy, 0),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00002544 SemaRef.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002545 << BaseRange))
2546 return true;
2547
2548 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2549 if (SS.isSet()) {
2550 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2551 // nested-name-specifier.
2552 DC = SemaRef.computeDeclContext(SS, false);
2553
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002554 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS)) {
2555 SemaRef.Diag(SS.getRange().getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
2556 << SS.getRange() << DC;
2557 return true;
2558 }
2559
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002560 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002561
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002562 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(DC)) {
2563 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_qualified_member_nonclass)
2564 << DC << SS.getRange();
2565 return true;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002566 }
2567 }
2568
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002569 // The record definition is complete, now look up the member.
2570 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002571
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002572 if (!R.empty())
2573 return false;
2574
2575 // We didn't find anything with the given name, so try to correct
2576 // for typos.
2577 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002578 if (SemaRef.CorrectTypo(R, 0, &SS, DC) &&
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002579 (isa<ValueDecl>(*R.begin()) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*R.begin()))) {
2580 SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
2581 << Name << DC << R.getLookupName() << SS.getRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002582 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
2583 R.getLookupName().getAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00002584 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>())
2585 SemaRef.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2586 << ND->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00002587 return false;
2588 } else {
2589 R.clear();
2590 }
2591
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002592 return false;
2593}
2594
2595Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002596Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg BaseArg, QualType BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002597 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002598 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002599 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
2600 DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
2601 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2602 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
2603
John McCallcd4b4772009-12-02 03:53:29 +00002604 if (BaseType->isDependentType() ||
2605 (SS.isSet() && isDependentScopeSpecifier(SS)))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002606 return ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002607 IsArrow, OpLoc,
2608 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2609 Name, NameLoc,
2610 TemplateArgs);
2611
2612 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002613
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002614 // Implicit member accesses.
2615 if (!Base) {
2616 QualType RecordTy = BaseType;
2617 if (IsArrow) RecordTy = RecordTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2618 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, SourceRange(),
2619 RecordTy->getAs<RecordType>(),
2620 OpLoc, SS))
2621 return ExprError();
2622
2623 // Explicit member accesses.
2624 } else {
2625 OwningExprResult Result =
2626 LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002627 SS, /*ObjCImpDecl*/ DeclPtrTy());
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002628
2629 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
2630 Owned(Base);
2631 return ExprError();
2632 }
2633
2634 if (Result.get())
2635 return move(Result);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002636 }
2637
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002638 return BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), BaseType,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002639 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
2640 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002641}
2642
2643Sema::OwningExprResult
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002644Sema::BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg Base, QualType BaseExprType,
2645 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
2646 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002647 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002648 LookupResult &R,
2649 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
2650 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002651 QualType BaseType = BaseExprType;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002652 if (IsArrow) {
2653 assert(BaseType->isPointerType());
2654 BaseType = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2655 }
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002656 R.setBaseObjectType(BaseType);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002657
2658 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier =
2659 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep());
2660 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2661 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
2662
2663 if (R.isAmbiguous())
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002664 return ExprError();
2665
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002666 if (R.empty()) {
2667 // Rederive where we looked up.
2668 DeclContext *DC = (SS.isSet()
2669 ? computeDeclContext(SS, false)
2670 : BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00002671
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002672 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002673 << MemberName << DC
2674 << (BaseExpr ? BaseExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002675 return ExprError();
2676 }
2677
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00002678 // Diagnose lookups that find only declarations from a non-base
2679 // type. This is possible for either qualified lookups (which may
2680 // have been qualified with an unrelated type) or implicit member
2681 // expressions (which were found with unqualified lookup and thus
2682 // may have come from an enclosing scope). Note that it's okay for
2683 // lookup to find declarations from a non-base type as long as those
2684 // aren't the ones picked by overload resolution.
2685 if ((SS.isSet() || !BaseExpr ||
2686 (isa<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr) &&
2687 cast<CXXThisExpr>(BaseExpr)->isImplicit())) &&
2688 CheckQualifiedMemberReference(BaseExpr, BaseType, SS, R))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002689 return ExprError();
2690
2691 // Construct an unresolved result if we in fact got an unresolved
2692 // result.
2693 if (R.isOverloadedResult() || R.isUnresolvableResult()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002694 bool Dependent =
John McCall71739032009-12-19 02:05:44 +00002695 BaseExprType->isDependentType() ||
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002696 R.isUnresolvableResult() ||
John McCall1acbbb52010-02-02 06:20:04 +00002697 OverloadExpr::ComputeDependence(R.begin(), R.end(), TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002698
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002699 // Suppress any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll do these when we
2700 // pick a member.
2701 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2702
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002703 UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr
2704 = UnresolvedMemberExpr::Create(Context, Dependent,
2705 R.isUnresolvableResult(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002706 BaseExpr, BaseExprType,
2707 IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002708 Qualifier, SS.getRange(),
2709 MemberName, MemberLoc,
2710 TemplateArgs);
John McCall58cc69d2010-01-27 01:50:18 +00002711 MemExpr->addDecls(R.begin(), R.end());
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002712
2713 return Owned(MemExpr);
2714 }
2715
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002716 assert(R.isSingleResult());
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002717 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = R.begin().getPair();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002718 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
2719
2720 // FIXME: diagnose the presence of template arguments now.
2721
2722 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2723 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2724 // error cases.
2725 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2726 return ExprError();
2727
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002728 // Handle the implicit-member-access case.
2729 if (!BaseExpr) {
2730 // If this is not an instance member, convert to a non-member access.
John McCalla8ae2222010-04-06 21:38:20 +00002731 if (!MemberDecl->isCXXInstanceMember())
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002732 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getNameLoc(), MemberDecl);
2733
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00002734 SourceLocation Loc = R.getNameLoc();
2735 if (SS.getRange().isValid())
2736 Loc = SS.getRange().getBegin();
2737 BaseExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, BaseExprType,/*isImplicit=*/true);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00002738 }
2739
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002740 bool ShouldCheckUse = true;
2741 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2742 // Don't diagnose the use of a virtual member function unless it's
2743 // explicitly qualified.
2744 if (MD->isVirtual() && !SS.isSet())
2745 ShouldCheckUse = false;
2746 }
2747
2748 // Check the use of this member.
2749 if (ShouldCheckUse && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc)) {
2750 Owned(BaseExpr);
2751 return ExprError();
2752 }
2753
2754 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2755 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2756 // (C++ [class.union]).
Eli Friedman78cde142009-12-04 07:18:51 +00002757 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
2758 !BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002759 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
2760 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
2761
2762 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2763 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
2764 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2765 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2766 else {
2767 Qualifiers BaseQuals = BaseType.getQualifiers();
2768 BaseQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
2769 if (FD->isMutable()) BaseQuals.removeConst();
2770
2771 Qualifiers MemberQuals
2772 = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getQualifiers();
2773
2774 Qualifiers Combined = BaseQuals + MemberQuals;
2775 if (Combined != MemberQuals)
2776 MemberType = Context.getQualifiedType(MemberType, Combined);
2777 }
2778
2779 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002780 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, Qualifier, FoundDecl, FD))
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002781 return ExprError();
2782 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002783 FD, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, MemberType));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002784 }
2785
2786 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2787 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, Var);
2788 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002789 Var, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002790 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2791 }
2792
2793 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2794 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2795 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002796 MemberFn, FoundDecl, MemberLoc,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002797 MemberFn->getType()));
2798 }
2799
2800 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2801 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
2802 return Owned(BuildMemberExpr(Context, BaseExpr, IsArrow, SS,
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00002803 Enum, FoundDecl, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002804 }
2805
2806 Owned(BaseExpr);
2807
2808 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
2809 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2810 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2811
2812 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2813 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2814 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
2815 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2816 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2817 << MemberName << int(IsArrow));
2818}
2819
2820/// Look up the given member of the given non-type-dependent
2821/// expression. This can return in one of two ways:
2822/// * If it returns a sentinel null-but-valid result, the caller will
2823/// assume that lookup was performed and the results written into
2824/// the provided structure. It will take over from there.
2825/// * Otherwise, the returned expression will be produced in place of
2826/// an ordinary member expression.
2827///
2828/// The ObjCImpDecl bit is a gross hack that will need to be properly
2829/// fixed for ObjC++.
2830Sema::OwningExprResult
2831Sema::LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, Expr *&BaseExpr,
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002832 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00002833 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002834 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00002835 assert(BaseExpr && "no base expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002836
Steve Naroffeaaae462007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002837 // Perform default conversions.
2838 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002839
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002840 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002841 assert(!BaseType->isDependentType());
2842
2843 DeclarationName MemberName = R.getLookupName();
2844 SourceLocation MemberLoc = R.getNameLoc();
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002845
2846 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function pointer
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002847 // type, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call that
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002848 // function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses, build the
2849 // call, and continue on.
2850 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2851 if (const FunctionProtoType *Fun
2852 = Ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2853 QualType ResultTy = Fun->getResultType();
2854 if (Fun->getNumArgs() == 0 &&
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002855 ((!IsArrow && ResultTy->isRecordType()) ||
2856 (IsArrow && ResultTy->isPointerType() &&
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002857 ResultTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()
2858 ->isRecordType()))) {
2859 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2860 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_reference_needs_call)
2861 << QualType(Fun, 0)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002862 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002863
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002864 OwningExprResult NewBase
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002865 = ActOnCallExpr(0, ExprArg(*this, BaseExpr), Loc,
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002866 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0), 0, Loc);
2867 if (NewBase.isInvalid())
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002868 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002869
Douglas Gregord82ae382009-11-06 06:30:47 +00002870 BaseExpr = NewBase.takeAs<Expr>();
2871 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
2872 BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2873 }
2874 }
2875 }
2876
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002877 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2878 // use that.
2879 if (BaseType->isObjCIdType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002880 if (IsArrow) {
2881 // Handle the following exceptional case PObj->isa.
2882 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
2883 BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
2884 if (OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
2885 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00002886 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2887 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Fariborz Jahanianc2949f92009-12-07 20:09:25 +00002888 }
2889 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002890 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2891 // is a reference to 'isa'.
2892 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType) {
2893 BaseType = Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002894 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002895 }
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00002896 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002897
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +00002898 // If this is an Objective-C pseudo-builtin and a definition is provided then
2899 // use that.
2900 if (Context.isObjCSelType(BaseType)) {
2901 // We have an 'SEL' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2902 // is a reference to 'sel_id'.
2903 if (BaseType != Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType) {
2904 BaseType = Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType;
2905 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
2906 }
2907 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002908
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002909 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002910
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002911 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002912 if (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002913 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2914 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2915 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
2916 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2917 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2918 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2919 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2920 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2921 // Check the use of this method.
2922 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2923 return ExprError();
2924 }
2925 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2926 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2927 Selector SetterSel =
2928 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2929 PP.getSelectorTable(), Member);
2930 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2931 if (!Setter) {
2932 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2933 // methods.
Steve Naroffbb69c942009-10-01 23:46:04 +00002934 Setter = IFace->lookupPrivateInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002935 }
2936 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2937 if (!Setter)
2938 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002939
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002940 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2941 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002942
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002943 if (Getter || Setter) {
2944 QualType PType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002945
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002946 if (Getter)
2947 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2948 else
2949 // Get the expression type from Setter's incoming parameter.
2950 PType = (*(Setter->param_end() -1))->getType();
2951 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002952 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCImplicitSetterGetterRefExpr(Getter,
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002953 PType,
2954 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2955 }
2956 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2957 << MemberName << BaseType);
2958 }
2959 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00002960
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002961 if (BaseType->isObjCClassType() &&
2962 BaseType != Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType) {
2963 BaseType = Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002964 ImpCastExprToType(BaseExpr, BaseType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Fariborz Jahaniane983d172009-09-22 16:48:37 +00002965 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002966
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002967 if (IsArrow) {
2968 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff185616f2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002969 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002970 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2971 ;
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002972 else if (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
2973 // Recover from arrow accesses to records, e.g.:
2974 // struct MyRecord foo;
2975 // foo->bar
2976 // This is actually well-formed in C++ if MyRecord has an
2977 // overloaded operator->, but that should have been dealt with
2978 // by now.
2979 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
2980 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00002981 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002982 IsArrow = false;
2983 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00002984 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2985 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2986 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson524d5a42009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002987 }
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00002988 } else {
2989 // Recover from dot accesses to pointers, e.g.:
2990 // type *foo;
2991 // foo.bar
2992 // This is actually well-formed in two cases:
2993 // - 'type' is an Objective C type
2994 // - 'bar' is a pseudo-destructor name which happens to refer to
2995 // the appropriate pointer type
2996 if (MemberName.getNameKind() != DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
2997 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
2998 if (PT && PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
2999 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
3000 << BaseType << int(IsArrow) << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003001 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
John McCalla928c652009-12-07 22:46:59 +00003002 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
3003 IsArrow = true;
3004 }
3005 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003006 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003007
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003008 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access
3009 // to fields of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003010 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003011 if (LookupMemberExprInRecord(*this, R, BaseExpr->getSourceRange(),
3012 RTy, OpLoc, SS))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003013 return ExprError();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003014 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003015 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003016
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003017 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
3018 // (*Obj).ivar.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003019 if ((IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
3020 (!IsArrow && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003021 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003022 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003023 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003024 if (IFaceT) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003025 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
3026
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003027 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
3028 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003029 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(Member, ClassDeclared);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003030
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003031 if (!IV) {
3032 // Attempt to correct for typos in ivar names.
3033 LookupResult Res(*this, R.getLookupName(), R.getNameLoc(),
3034 LookupMemberName);
3035 if (CorrectTypo(Res, 0, 0, IDecl) &&
3036 (IV = Res.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>())) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003037 Diag(R.getNameLoc(),
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003038 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar_suggest)
3039 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName << IV->getDeclName()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003040 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(),
3041 IV->getNameAsString());
Douglas Gregor6da83622010-01-07 00:17:44 +00003042 Diag(IV->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003043 << IV->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003044 }
3045 }
3046
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003047 if (IV) {
3048 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
3049 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
3050 // error cases.
3051 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
3052 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003053
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003054 // Check whether we can reference this field.
3055 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
3056 return ExprError();
3057 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
3058 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
3059 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
3060 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
3061 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
3062 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
3063 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
3064 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
3065 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
3066 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
3067 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
3068 // AST for a function decl.
3069 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003070 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003071 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
3072 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
3073 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
3074 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
3075 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
3076 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003077
3078 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
3079 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003080 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003081 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003082 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00003083 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
3084 // @protected
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003085 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003086 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffd1b64be2009-03-04 18:34:24 +00003087 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003088
3089 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
3090 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003091 IsArrow));
Fariborz Jahaniana458c4f2009-03-03 01:21:12 +00003092 }
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003093 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003094 << IDecl->getDeclName() << MemberName
Steve Naroffa057ba92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00003095 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianb1378f92008-12-13 22:20:28 +00003096 }
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003097 }
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003098 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003099 if (!IsArrow && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
3100 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003101 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003102 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003103
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003104 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003105 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(Member);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003106 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
3107 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3108 // Check the use of this declaration
3109 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
3110 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003111
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003112 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
3113 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
3114 }
3115 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
3116 // Check the use of this method.
3117 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
3118 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003119
Ted Kremenek2c809302010-02-11 22:41:21 +00003120 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(Context, BaseExpr, Sel,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003121 OMD->getResultType(),
3122 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003123 NULL, 0));
3124 }
3125 }
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003126
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003127 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003128 << MemberName << BaseType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003129 }
Chris Lattnera36ec422010-04-11 08:28:14 +00003130
Chris Lattnerdc420f42008-07-21 04:59:05 +00003131 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
3132 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Chris Lattner2b1ca5f2010-04-11 07:45:24 +00003133 if (!IsArrow)
3134 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
3135 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
Chris Lattner90c58fa2010-04-11 07:51:10 +00003136 return HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(OPT, BaseExpr, MemberName, MemberLoc);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003137
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003138 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003139 if (!IsArrow &&
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003140 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003141 MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("isa"))
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003142 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana5fee262009-12-09 19:05:56 +00003143 Context.getObjCClassType()));
Steve Naroffe87026a2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00003144
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003145 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner6c7ce102009-02-16 21:11:58 +00003146 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003147 IdentifierInfo *Member = MemberName.getAsIdentifierInfo();
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003148 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
3149 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003150 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003151 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, *Member,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003152 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerb63a7452008-07-21 04:28:12 +00003153 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003154
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003155 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
3156 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3157
Douglas Gregor0b08ba42009-03-27 06:00:30 +00003158 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003159}
3160
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003161/// The main callback when the parser finds something like
3162/// expression . [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3163/// expression -> [nested-name-specifier] identifier
3164/// where 'identifier' encompasses a fairly broad spectrum of
3165/// possibilities, including destructor and operator references.
3166///
3167/// \param OpKind either tok::arrow or tok::period
3168/// \param HasTrailingLParen whether the next token is '(', which
3169/// is used to diagnose mis-uses of special members that can
3170/// only be called
3171/// \param ObjCImpDecl the current ObjC @implementation decl;
3172/// this is an ugly hack around the fact that ObjC @implementations
3173/// aren't properly put in the context chain
3174Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseArg,
3175 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3176 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00003177 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003178 UnqualifiedId &Id,
3179 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl,
3180 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
3181 if (SS.isSet() && SS.isInvalid())
3182 return ExprError();
3183
3184 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
3185
3186 // Decompose the name into its component parts.
3187 DeclarationName Name;
3188 SourceLocation NameLoc;
3189 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
3190 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(*this, Id, TemplateArgsBuffer,
3191 Name, NameLoc, TemplateArgs);
3192
3193 bool IsArrow = (OpKind == tok::arrow);
3194
3195 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope
3196 = (!SS.isSet() ? 0 : FindFirstQualifierInScope(S,
3197 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep())));
3198
3199 // This is a postfix expression, so get rid of ParenListExprs.
3200 BaseArg = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(BaseArg));
3201
3202 Expr *Base = BaseArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3203 OwningExprResult Result(*this);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +00003204 if (Base->getType()->isDependentType() || Name.isDependentName()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003205 Result = ActOnDependentMemberExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003206 IsArrow, OpLoc,
3207 SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3208 Name, NameLoc,
3209 TemplateArgs);
3210 } else {
3211 LookupResult R(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupMemberName);
3212 if (TemplateArgs) {
3213 // Re-use the lookup done for the template name.
3214 DecomposeTemplateName(R, Id);
3215 } else {
3216 Result = LookupMemberExpr(R, Base, IsArrow, OpLoc,
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003217 SS, ObjCImpDecl);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003218
3219 if (Result.isInvalid()) {
3220 Owned(Base);
3221 return ExprError();
3222 }
3223
3224 if (Result.get()) {
3225 // The only way a reference to a destructor can be used is to
3226 // immediately call it, which falls into this case. If the
3227 // next token is not a '(', produce a diagnostic and build the
3228 // call now.
3229 if (!HasTrailingLParen &&
3230 Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName)
Douglas Gregor0d5b0a12010-02-24 21:29:12 +00003231 return DiagnoseDtorReference(NameLoc, move(Result));
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003232
3233 return move(Result);
3234 }
3235 }
3236
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003237 Result = BuildMemberReferenceExpr(ExprArg(*this, Base), Base->getType(),
John McCall38836f02010-01-15 08:34:02 +00003238 OpLoc, IsArrow, SS, FirstQualifierInScope,
3239 R, TemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003240 }
3241
3242 return move(Result);
Anders Carlssonf571c112009-08-26 18:25:21 +00003243}
3244
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003245Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3246 FunctionDecl *FD,
3247 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3248 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3249 Diag (CallLoc,
3250 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3251 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003252 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003253 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3254 } else {
3255 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3256 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3257
3258 // Instantiate the expression.
Douglas Gregor8c702532010-02-05 07:33:43 +00003259 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3260 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
Anders Carlsson657bad42009-09-05 05:14:19 +00003261
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003262 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param,
3263 ArgList.getInnermost().getFlatArgumentList(),
Douglas Gregor01afeef2009-08-28 20:31:08 +00003264 ArgList.getInnermost().flat_size());
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003265
John McCall76d824f2009-08-25 22:02:44 +00003266 OwningExprResult Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003267 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003268 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003269
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003270 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3271 InitializedEntity Entity
3272 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param);
3273 InitializationKind Kind
3274 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3275 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3276 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3277
3278 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003279 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003280 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&ResultE, 1));
3281 if (Result.isInvalid())
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003282 return ExprError();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003283
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003284 // Build the default argument expression.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003285 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003286 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003287 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003288
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003289 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3290 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3291 // be properly destroyed.
Douglas Gregor25ab25f2009-12-23 18:19:08 +00003292 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3293 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
Anders Carlsson714d0962009-12-15 19:16:31 +00003294 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i)
3295 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003296 }
3297
3298 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Douglas Gregor033f6752009-12-23 23:03:06 +00003299 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003300}
3301
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003302/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3303/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3304/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3305/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3306/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3307/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003308bool
3309Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003310 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003311 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003312 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3313 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003314 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003315 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3316 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003317 bool Invalid = false;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003318
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003319 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3320 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3321 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3322 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
3323 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3324 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003325 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003326 }
3327
3328 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3329 // them.
3330 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3331 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3332 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3333 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3334 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
3335 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3336 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3337 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00003338 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003339 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003340 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003341 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003342 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003343 VariadicCallType CallType =
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003344 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3345 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3346 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3347 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3348 CallType = VariadicMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003349 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
Fariborz Jahanian4fa66ce2009-11-24 21:37:28 +00003350 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003351 if (Invalid)
3352 return true;
3353 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3354 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3355 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003356
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003357 return false;
3358}
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003359
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003360bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3361 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3362 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3363 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3364 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3365 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003366 VariadicCallType CallType) {
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003367 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3368 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3369 bool Invalid = false;
3370 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3371 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3372 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3373 unsigned ArgIx = 0;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003374 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003375 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003376 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003377
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003378 Expr *Arg;
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003379 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3380 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003381
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003382 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3383 ProtoArgType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003384 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003385 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003386 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003387
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003388 // Pass the argument
3389 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3390 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3391 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Douglas Gregor96596c92009-12-22 07:24:36 +00003392
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003393
Douglas Gregorbbeb5c32009-12-22 16:09:06 +00003394 InitializedEntity Entity =
3395 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Param)
3396 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(ProtoArgType);
3397 OwningExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3398 SourceLocation(),
3399 Owned(Arg));
3400 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3401 return true;
3402
3403 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003404 } else {
Anders Carlssonc80a1272009-08-25 02:29:20 +00003405 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003406
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003407 OwningExprResult ArgExpr =
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003408 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003409 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3410 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003411
Anders Carlsson355933d2009-08-25 03:49:14 +00003412 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
Anders Carlsson84613c42009-06-12 16:51:40 +00003413 }
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003414 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003415 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003416
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003417 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
Fariborz Jahanian6f2d25e2009-11-24 19:27:49 +00003418 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003419 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003420 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i < NumArgs; i++) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003421 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00003422 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Fariborz Jahanian835026e2009-11-24 18:29:37 +00003423 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003424 }
3425 }
Douglas Gregorb6b99612009-01-23 21:30:56 +00003426 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003427}
3428
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003429/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003430/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3431/// locations.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003432Action::OwningExprResult
3433Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3434 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003435 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003436 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003437
3438 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3439 fn = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(fn));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003440
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003441 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003442 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner38dbdb22007-07-21 03:03:59 +00003443 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003444
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003445 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003446 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3447 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3448 if (NumArgs > 0) {
3449 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3450 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00003451 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003452 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3453 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003454
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003455 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3456 Args[I]->Destroy(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003457
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003458 NumArgs = 0;
3459 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003460
Douglas Gregorad8a3362009-09-04 17:36:40 +00003461 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3462 RParenLoc));
3463 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003464
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003465 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003466 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003467 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3468 // Fn.
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003469 bool Dependent = false;
3470 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3471 Dependent = true;
3472 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3473 Dependent = true;
3474
3475 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003476 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00003477 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
3478
3479 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3480 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3481 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3482 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
3483
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003484 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3485
3486 // Determine whether this is a call to an unresolved member function.
3487 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3488 // If lookup was unresolved but not dependent (i.e. didn't find
3489 // an unresolved using declaration), it has to be an overloaded
3490 // function set, which means it must contain either multiple
3491 // declarations (all methods or method templates) or a single
3492 // method template.
3493 assert((MemE->getNumDecls() > 1) ||
3494 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*MemE->decls_begin()));
Douglas Gregor8f184a32009-12-01 03:34:29 +00003495 (void)MemE;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003496
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003497 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3498 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003499 }
3500
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003501 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003502 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003503 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003504 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003505 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3506 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003507 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003508
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003509 // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00003510 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedFn)) {
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003511 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD ||
3512 BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003513 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003514 dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(BO->getType())) {
3515 QualType ResultTy = FPT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003516
3517 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
3518 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, BO, Args,
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003519 NumArgs, ResultTy,
3520 RParenLoc));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003521
3522 if (CheckCallReturnType(FPT->getResultType(),
3523 BO->getRHS()->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003524 TheCall.get(), 0))
3525 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson63dce022009-10-15 00:41:48 +00003526
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003527 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, BO, 0, FPT, Args, NumArgs,
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003528 RParenLoc))
3529 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003530
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003531 return Owned(MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release());
3532 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003533 return ExprError(Diag(Fn->getLocStart(),
Fariborz Jahanian42f66632009-10-28 16:49:46 +00003534 diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3535 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson61914b52009-10-03 17:40:22 +00003536 }
3537 }
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003538 }
3539
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003540 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003541 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003542 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003543
Eli Friedmane14b1992009-12-26 03:35:45 +00003544 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003545 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn)) {
3546 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(NakedFn);
3547 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3548 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003549 }
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003550
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003551 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3552 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3553 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3554
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003555 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
3556}
3557
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00003558/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3559/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00003560/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3561/// block-pointer type.
3562///
3563/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3564Sema::OwningExprResult
3565Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3566 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3567 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3568 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3569 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3570
Chris Lattneraa9c7ae2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00003571 // Promote the function operand.
3572 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3573
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003574 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3575 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00003576 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3577 Args, NumArgs,
3578 Context.BoolTy,
3579 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003580
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003581 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3582 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
3583 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3584 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003585 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003586 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003587 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3588 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003589 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003590 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003591 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003592 getAs<FunctionType>();
Steve Naroff8de9c3a2008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003593 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003594 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003595 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3596 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3597
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003598 // Check for a valid return type
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003599 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00003600 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall.get(),
3601 FDecl))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003602 return ExprError();
3603
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003604 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +00003605 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003606
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003607 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003608 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003609 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003610 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003611 } else {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003612 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003613
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003614 if (FDecl) {
3615 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3616 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3617 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisddcd1322009-06-30 02:35:26 +00003618 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003619 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003620 Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Eli Friedmanfcbf7d22009-06-01 09:24:59 +00003621 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
3622 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3623 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3624 }
3625 }
Douglas Gregord8e97de2009-04-02 15:37:10 +00003626 }
3627
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003628 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003629 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3630 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3631 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003632 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3633 Arg->getType(),
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003634 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3635 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
Eli Friedman3164fb12009-03-22 22:00:50 +00003636 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003637 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroff0b661582007-08-28 23:30:39 +00003638 }
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00003639 }
Chris Lattner08464942007-12-28 05:29:59 +00003640
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003641 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3642 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00003643 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3644 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003645
Fariborz Jahanian0aa5c452009-05-15 20:33:25 +00003646 // Check for sentinels
3647 if (NDecl)
3648 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003649
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003650 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003651 if (FDecl) {
3652 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.get()))
3653 return ExprError();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003654
Douglas Gregor15fc9562009-09-12 00:22:50 +00003655 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00003656 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall.take());
3657 } else if (NDecl) {
3658 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.get()))
3659 return ExprError();
3660 }
Chris Lattnerb87b1b32007-08-10 20:18:51 +00003661
Anders Carlssonf8984012009-08-16 03:06:32 +00003662 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003663}
3664
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003665Action::OwningExprResult
3666Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
3667 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003668 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff57eb2c52007-07-19 21:32:11 +00003669 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003670 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003671
3672 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3673 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3674 if (!TInfo)
3675 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3676
3677 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(InitExpr));
3678}
3679
3680Action::OwningExprResult
3681Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3682 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
3683 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003684 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson2c1ec6d2007-12-05 07:24:19 +00003685
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003686 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003687 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003688 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3689 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor1c37d9e2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00003690 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3691 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003692 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003693 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00003694 literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003695 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman37a186d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00003696
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003697 InitializedEntity Entity
Douglas Gregor1b303932009-12-22 15:35:07 +00003698 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003699 InitializationKind Kind
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003700 = InitializationKind::CreateCast(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc),
Douglas Gregor85dabae2009-12-16 01:38:02 +00003701 /*IsCStyleCast=*/true);
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003702 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
3703 OwningExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3704 MultiExprArg(*this, (void**)&literalExpr, 1),
3705 &literalType);
3706 if (Result.isInvalid())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003707 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003708 InitExpr.release();
3709 literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Result.get());
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003710
Chris Lattner79413952008-12-04 23:50:19 +00003711 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffd32419d2008-01-14 18:19:28 +00003712 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003713 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003714 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff98f72032008-01-10 22:15:12 +00003715 }
Eli Friedmana553d4a2009-12-22 02:35:53 +00003716
3717 Result.release();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003718
John McCall5d7aa7f2010-01-19 22:33:45 +00003719 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003720 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003721}
3722
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003723Action::OwningExprResult
3724Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003725 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3726 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
3727 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson4692db02007-08-31 04:56:16 +00003728
Steve Naroff30d242c2007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003729 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003730 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003731
Ted Kremenek013041e2010-02-19 01:50:18 +00003732 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
3733 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003734 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003735 return Owned(E);
Steve Narofffbd09832007-07-19 01:06:55 +00003736}
3737
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003738static CastExpr::CastKind getScalarCastKind(ASTContext &Context,
3739 QualType SrcTy, QualType DestTy) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003740 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003741 return CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
3742
3743 if (SrcTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
3744 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003745 return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
3746 CastExpr::CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
Fariborz Jahanian2b9fc832009-12-15 21:34:52 +00003747 CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003748 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3749 return CastExpr::CK_PointerToIntegral;
3750 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003751
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003752 if (SrcTy->isIntegerType()) {
3753 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3754 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast;
3755 if (DestTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
3756 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer;
3757 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3758 return CastExpr::CK_IntegralToFloating;
3759 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003760
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003761 if (SrcTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
3762 if (DestTy->isRealFloatingType())
3763 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast;
3764 if (DestTy->isIntegerType())
3765 return CastExpr::CK_FloatingToIntegral;
3766 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003767
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003768 // FIXME: Assert here.
3769 // assert(false && "Unhandled cast combination!");
3770 return CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3771}
3772
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003773/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redl955a0672009-07-29 13:50:23 +00003774bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003775 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind,
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003776 CXXMethodDecl *& ConversionDecl,
3777 bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003778 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Fariborz Jahanian1cec0c42009-08-26 18:55:36 +00003779 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle,
3780 ConversionDecl);
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003781
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00003782 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003783
3784 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
3785 // type needs to be scalar.
3786 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
3787 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003788 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToVoid;
3789 return false;
3790 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003791
Anders Carlssonef918ac2009-10-16 02:35:04 +00003792 if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003793 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003794 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3795 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003796 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003797 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3798 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003799 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003800 return false;
3801 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003802
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003803 if (castType->isUnionType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003804 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003805 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003806 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003807 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003808 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003809 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003810 castExpr->getType())) {
Seo Sanghyeon39a3ebf2009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003811 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3812 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3813 break;
3814 }
3815 }
3816 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3817 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3818 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssonec143772009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003819 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003820 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003821 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003822
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003823 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
3824 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3825 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3826 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003827
3828 if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003829 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003830 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3831 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003832 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003833 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003834
3835 if (castType->isExtVectorType())
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003836 return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003837
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003838 if (castType->isVectorType())
3839 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind);
3840 if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType())
3841 return CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind);
3842
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003843 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3844 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003845
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003846 if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanf4e3ad62009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003847 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3848 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3849 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3850 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3851 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3852 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3853 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3854 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3855 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3856 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003857 }
Anders Carlsson094c4592009-10-18 18:12:03 +00003858
3859 Kind = getScalarCastKind(Context, castExpr->getType(), castType);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2ade3902008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003860 return false;
3861}
3862
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003863bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
3864 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003865 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003866
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003867 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003868 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003869 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003870 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003871 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003872 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003873 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003874 } else
3875 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003876 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003877 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003878
Anders Carlsson525b76b2009-10-16 02:48:28 +00003879 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Anders Carlssonde71adf2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003880 return false;
3881}
3882
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003883bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *&CastExpr,
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003884 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003885 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003886
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003887 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003888
Nate Begemanc8961a42009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003889 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3890 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003891 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3892 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3893 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3894 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003895 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BitCast;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003896 return false;
3897 }
3898
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003899 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003900 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3901 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003902 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3903 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3904 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3905 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00003906
3907 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
3908 ImpCastExprToType(CastExpr, DestElemTy,
3909 getScalarCastKind(Context, SrcTy, DestElemTy));
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00003910
Anders Carlsson43d70f82009-10-16 05:23:41 +00003911 Kind = CastExpr::CK_VectorSplat;
Nate Begemanc69b7402009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003912 return false;
3913}
3914
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003915Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003916Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003917 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3918 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3919 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff1a2cf6b2007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003920
John McCall97513962010-01-15 18:39:57 +00003921 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo;
3922 QualType castType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &castTInfo);
3923 if (!castTInfo)
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003924 castTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(castType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003925
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003926 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003927 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Op.get();
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003928 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003929 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, move(Op),
3930 castTInfo);
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003931
3932 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
3933}
3934
3935Action::OwningExprResult
3936Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3937 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
3938 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.get());
3939
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003940 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003941 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3942 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(), castExpr,
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003943 Kind, Method))
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003944 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003945
3946 if (Method) {
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003947 // FIXME: preserve type source info here
3948 OwningExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(LParenLoc, Ty->getType(),
3949 Kind, Method, move(Op));
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003950
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003951 if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3952 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar4782a6e2009-09-17 06:31:17 +00003953
Anders Carlssone9766d52009-09-09 21:33:21 +00003954 castExpr = CastArg.takeAs<Expr>();
3955 } else {
3956 Op.release();
Fariborz Jahanian3df87672009-08-29 19:15:16 +00003957 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003958
John McCallebe54742010-01-15 18:56:44 +00003959 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
3960 Kind, castExpr, Ty,
Anders Carlssonf10e4142009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003961 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00003962}
3963
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003964/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3965/// of comma binary operators.
3966Action::OwningExprResult
3967Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg EA) {
3968 Expr *expr = EA.takeAs<Expr>();
3969 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
3970 if (!E)
3971 return Owned(expr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003972
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003973 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003974
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003975 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3976 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3977 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003978
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003979 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), move(Result));
3980}
3981
3982Action::OwningExprResult
3983Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3984 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op,
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003985 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003986 ParenListExpr *PE = (ParenListExpr *)Op.get();
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00003987 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003988
3989 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00003990 // then handle it as such.
3991 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3992 if (PE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3993 Diag(PE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3994 return ExprError();
3995 }
3996
3997 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3998 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PE->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3999 initExprs.push_back(PE->getExpr(i));
4000
4001 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4002 // braces instead of the original commas.
4003 Op.release();
Ted Kremenek013041e2010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004004 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004005 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4006 E->setType(Ty);
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004007 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Owned(E));
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004008 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004009 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004010 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4011 Op = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, move(Op));
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004012 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, move(Op));
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004013 }
4014}
4015
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004016Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004017 SourceLocation R,
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004018 MultiExprArg Val,
4019 TypeTy *TypeOfCast) {
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004020 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4021 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
Fariborz Jahanian906d8712009-11-25 01:26:41 +00004022 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4023 Expr *expr;
4024 if (nexprs == 1 && TypeOfCast && !TypeIsVectorType(TypeOfCast))
4025 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4026 else
4027 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004028 return Owned(expr);
4029}
4030
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004031/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4032/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner2c486602009-02-18 04:38:20 +00004033/// C99 6.5.15
4034QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4035 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004036 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4037 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4038 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
4039
John McCall71d8d9b2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00004040 CheckSignCompare(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
John McCall1fa36b72009-11-05 09:23:39 +00004041
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004042 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
4043 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
4044 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
4045 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4046 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4047 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004048
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004049 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004050 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
4051 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4052 << CondTy;
4053 return QualType();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004054 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004055
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004056 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman5ec4b312009-08-10 23:49:36 +00004057 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4058 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004059
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004060 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4061 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004062 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4063 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4064 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004065 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004066
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004067 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4068 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004069 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4070 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004071 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004072 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004073 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004074 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004075 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004076 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004077
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004078 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004079 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004080 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4081 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
4082 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4083 << RHS->getSourceRange();
4084 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
4085 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4086 << LHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004087 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
4088 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy, CastExpr::CK_ToVoid);
Eli Friedman3e1852f2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00004089 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffbf1516c2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00004090 }
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004091 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4092 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004093 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004094 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004095 // promote the null to a pointer.
4096 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004097 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004098 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004099 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004100 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004101 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004102 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff039ad3c2008-01-08 01:11:38 +00004103 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004104
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004105 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4106 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4107 QuestionLoc);
4108 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4109 return compositeType;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004110
4111
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004112 // Handle block pointer types.
4113 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4114 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4115 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4116 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004117 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4118 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004119 return destType;
4120 }
4121 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004122 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004123 return QualType();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004124 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004125 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4126 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4127 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004128 return LHSTy;
4129 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004130 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004131 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4132 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004133
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004134 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4135 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004136 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004137 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004138 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4139 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4140 // to get a consistent AST.
4141 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004142 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4143 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004144 return incompatTy;
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004145 }
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004146 // The block pointer types are compatible.
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004147 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4148 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroffea4c7802009-04-08 17:05:15 +00004149 return LHSTy;
4150 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004151
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004152 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4153 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
4154 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004155 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4156 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004157
4158 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4159 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4160 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004161 QualType destPointee
4162 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004163 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004164 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4165 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4166 // Promote to void*.
4167 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004168 return destType;
4169 }
4170 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004171 QualType destPointee
4172 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004173 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004174 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004175 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004176 // Promote to void*.
Eli Friedmanb0bc5592009-11-17 01:22:05 +00004177 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004178 return destType;
4179 }
4180
4181 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4182 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
4183 return LHSTy;
4184 }
4185 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4186 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4187 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4188 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4189 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4190 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4191 // to get a consistent AST.
4192 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004193 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4194 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004195 return incompatTy;
4196 }
4197 // The pointer types are compatible.
4198 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4199 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4200 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4201 // type.
4202 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4203 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004204 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4205 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004206 return LHSTy;
4207 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004208
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004209 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
4210 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4211 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4212 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004213 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004214 return RHSTy;
4215 }
4216 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
4217 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4218 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004219 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Steve Naroff05efa972009-07-01 14:36:47 +00004220 return LHSTy;
4221 }
Daniel Dunbar484603b2008-09-11 23:12:46 +00004222
Chris Lattnere2949f42008-01-06 22:42:25 +00004223 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattner432cff52009-02-18 04:28:32 +00004224 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4225 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00004226 return QualType();
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004227}
4228
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004229/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4230/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4231QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4232 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4233 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
4234 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004235
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004236 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4237 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4238 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4239 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4240 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4241 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4242 return LHSTy;
4243 }
4244 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4245 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
4246 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4247 return RHSTy;
4248 }
4249 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4250 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4251 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4252 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4253 return LHSTy;
4254 }
4255 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4256 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType)) {
4257 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4258 return RHSTy;
4259 }
4260 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4261 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4262 (RHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4263 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4264 return LHSTy;
4265 }
4266 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4267 (LHSTy.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType)) {
4268 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4269 return RHSTy;
4270 }
4271 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4272 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004273
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004274 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4275 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4276 return LHSTy;
4277 }
4278 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4279 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4280 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004281
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004282 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4283 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4284 // type. This allows
4285 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4286 // where B is a subclass of A.
4287 //
4288 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4289 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4290 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4291 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004292
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004293 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4294 // It could return the composite type.
4295 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4296 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4297 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4298 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4299 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4300 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4301 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4302 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4303 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4304 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4305 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4306 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4307 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4308 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004309 } else if (!(compositeType =
Fariborz Jahaniana430f712009-12-10 19:47:41 +00004310 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4311 ;
4312 else {
4313 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4314 << LHSTy << RHSTy
4315 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
4316 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4317 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4318 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4319 return incompatTy;
4320 }
4321 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4322 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4323 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4324 return compositeType;
4325 }
4326 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4327 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4328 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4329 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4330 QualType destPointee
4331 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4332 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4333 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4334 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4335 // Promote to void*.
4336 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4337 return destType;
4338 }
4339 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4340 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4341 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4342 QualType destPointee
4343 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4344 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4345 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4346 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_NoOp);
4347 // Promote to void*.
4348 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
4349 return destType;
4350 }
4351 return QualType();
4352}
4353
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004354/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004355/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004356Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4357 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4358 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
4359 ExprArg RHS) {
4360 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
4361 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner2ab40a62007-11-26 01:40:58 +00004362
4363 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4364 // was the condition.
4365 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
4366 if (isLHSNull)
4367 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004368
4369 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattnerdaaa9f22007-07-16 21:39:03 +00004370 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Steve Narofff8a28c52007-05-15 20:29:32 +00004371 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004372 return ExprError();
4373
4374 Cond.release();
4375 LHS.release();
4376 RHS.release();
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004377 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr, QuestionLoc,
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004378 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor7e112b02009-08-26 14:37:04 +00004379 ColonLoc, RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattnere168f762006-11-10 05:29:30 +00004380}
4381
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004382// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004383// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004384// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4385// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4386// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004387Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004388Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004389 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004390
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004391 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4392 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4393 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4394 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4395 return Compatible;
4396 }
4397
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004398 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004399 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4400 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004401
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004402 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004403 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4404 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004405
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004406 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004407
4408 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
4409 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
4410 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +00004411 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004412 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004413 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004414
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004415 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
4416 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004417 // version of void...
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004418 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004419 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004420 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004421
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004422 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004423 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
4424 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004425 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004426
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004427 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004428 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004429 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004430
4431 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerb3a176d2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00004432 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
4433 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner0a788432008-01-03 22:56:36 +00004434 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004435 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Steve Naroff3f597292007-05-11 22:18:03 +00004436 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004437 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4438 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
4439 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
4440 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
4441 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
4442 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004443 if (lhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004444 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004445 else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004446 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004447
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004448 if (rhptee->isCharType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004449 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004450 else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType())
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004451 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004452
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004453 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
4454 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
4455 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
4456 // warning can be disabled.
4457 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
4458 return ConvTy;
4459 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
4460 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004461
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004462 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
4463 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
4464 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
4465 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
4466 if (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType()) {
4467 do {
4468 lhptee = lhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4469 rhptee = rhptee->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004470
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004471 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4472 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4473 } while (lhptee->isPointerType() && rhptee->isPointerType());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004474
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004475 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee))
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00004476 return IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00004477 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004478
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004479 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004480 return IncompatiblePointer;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004481 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004482 return ConvTy;
Steve Naroff1f4d7272007-05-11 04:00:31 +00004483}
4484
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004485/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
4486/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
4487/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
4488// types.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004489Sema::AssignConvertType
4490Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004491 QualType rhsType) {
4492 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004493
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004494 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004495 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4496 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004497
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004498 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4499 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4500 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004501
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004502 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004503
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004504 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004505 if (lhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalCVRQualifiers())
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004506 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004507
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004508 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4509 if (!Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4510 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
4511 }
4512 else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004513 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004514 return ConvTy;
4515}
4516
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004517/// CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
4518/// for assignment compatibility.
4519Sema::AssignConvertType
4520Sema::CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004521 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4522 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian9b37b1d2010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004523 if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4524 !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004525 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004526 return Compatible;
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004527 }
4528 if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4529 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Fariborz Jahanian9b37b1d2010-03-24 21:00:27 +00004530 if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
4531 !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
Fariborz Jahaniand5bb8cb2010-03-19 18:06:10 +00004532 return IncompatiblePointer;
4533 return Compatible;
4534 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004535 QualType lhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004536 lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004537 QualType rhptee =
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004538 rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4539 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
4540 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
4541 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
4542 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
4543 return CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004544
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004545 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
4546 return Compatible;
4547 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4548 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004549 return IncompatiblePointer;
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004550}
4551
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004552/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
4553/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004554/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
4555///
4556/// int a, *pint;
4557/// short *pshort;
4558/// struct foo *pfoo;
4559///
4560/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4561/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
4562/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
4563/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
4564///
4565/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004566/// C99 spec dictates.
Steve Naroff17f76e02007-05-03 21:03:48 +00004567///
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004568Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004569Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004570 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
4571 // them.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004572 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
4573 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004574
4575 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerf5c973d2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00004576 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff44fd8ff2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00004577
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +00004578 if ((lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4579 (rhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) ||
4580 (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
4581 (lhsType.getDesugaredType() == Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
4582 return Compatible;
4583 }
4584
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004585 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
4586 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
4587 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
4588 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
4589 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
4590 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
4591 // type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004592 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004593 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson24ebce62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00004594 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004595 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahaniana1e34202007-12-19 17:45:58 +00004596 }
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004597 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
4598 // to the same ExtVector type.
4599 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4600 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
4601 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
4602 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
4603 return Compatible;
4604 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004605
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004606 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004607 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004608 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004609 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004610 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
4611 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004612 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004613 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004614 }
4615 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004616 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004617
Chris Lattner881a2122008-01-04 23:32:24 +00004618 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004619 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004620
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004621 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004622 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004623 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004624
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004625 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004626 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004627
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004628 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004629 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004630 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4631 return Compatible;
4632 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004633 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004634 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4635 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004636 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004637
4638 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004639 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004640 return Compatible;
4641 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004642 return Incompatible;
4643 }
4644
4645 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4646 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedman8163b7a2009-02-25 04:20:42 +00004647 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004648
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004649 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004650 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroff32d072c2008-09-29 18:10:17 +00004651 return Compatible;
4652
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004653 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4654 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004655
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004656 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004657 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004658 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004659 }
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004660 return Incompatible;
4661 }
4662
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004663 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
4664 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
4665 return IntToPointer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004666
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004667 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004668 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004669 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4670 return Compatible;
4671 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004672 }
4673 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian410f2eb2009-12-08 18:24:49 +00004674 return CheckObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004675 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004676 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004677 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4678 return Compatible;
4679 }
4680 // Treat block pointers as objects.
4681 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
4682 return Compatible;
4683 return Incompatible;
4684 }
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004685 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004686 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004687 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4688 return Compatible;
4689
4690 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004691 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004692
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004693 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004694 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004695
4696 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004697 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregore7dd1452008-11-27 00:44:28 +00004698 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004699 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004700 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004701 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
4702 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
4703 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
4704 return Compatible;
4705
4706 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
4707 return PointerToInt;
4708
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004709 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004710 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004711 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
4712 return Compatible;
4713 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004714 }
4715 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004716 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004717 return Compatible;
4718 return Incompatible;
4719 }
Eli Friedman3360d892008-05-30 18:07:22 +00004720
Chris Lattnera52c2f22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00004721 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattnerec646832008-04-07 06:49:41 +00004722 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004723 return Compatible;
Bill Wendling216423b2007-05-30 06:30:29 +00004724 }
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00004725 return Incompatible;
Steve Naroff9eb24652007-05-02 21:58:15 +00004726}
4727
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004728/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
4729/// used to initialize the transparent union.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004730static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004731 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
4732 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
4733 // of the transparent union.
Ted Kremenek013041e2010-02-19 01:50:18 +00004734 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
4735 &E, 1,
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004736 SourceLocation());
4737 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
4738 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
4739
4740 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
4741 // union type from this initializer list.
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004742 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
John McCall5d7aa7f2010-01-19 22:33:45 +00004743 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
John McCalle15bbff2010-01-18 19:35:47 +00004744 Initializer, false);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004745}
4746
4747Sema::AssignConvertType
4748Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
4749 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
4750
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004751 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004752 // transparent_union GCC extension.
4753 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004754 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004755 return Incompatible;
4756
4757 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
4758 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
4759 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
4760 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004761 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
4762 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004763 it != itend; ++it) {
4764 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
4765 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
4766 // 1) void pointer
4767 // 2) null pointer constant
4768 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004769 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004770 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004771 InitField = *it;
4772 break;
4773 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004774
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004775 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004776 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004777 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType(), CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004778 InitField = *it;
4779 break;
4780 }
4781 }
4782
4783 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
4784 == Compatible) {
4785 InitField = *it;
4786 break;
4787 }
4788 }
4789
4790 if (!InitField)
4791 return Incompatible;
4792
4793 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
4794 return Compatible;
4795}
4796
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004797Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004798Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004799 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4800 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
4801 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
4802 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
4803 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +00004804 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00004805 AA_Assigning))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004806 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner0d5640c2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00004807 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00004808 }
4809
4810 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
4811 // structures.
4812 }
4813
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004814 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
4815 // a null pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004816 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
4817 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004818 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004819 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00004820 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004821 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0ee0b0a2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00004822 return Compatible;
4823 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004824
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004825 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004826 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Douglas Gregora121b752009-11-03 16:56:39 +00004827 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004828 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004829 //
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004830 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattnere6dcd502007-10-16 02:55:40 +00004831 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00004832 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004833
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004834 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
4835 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004836
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004837 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
4838 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor6b754842008-10-28 00:22:11 +00004839 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
4840 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
4841 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
4842 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00004843 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004844 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType(),
4845 CastExpr::CK_Unknown);
Steve Naroff0c1c7ed2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00004846 return result;
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004847}
4848
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004849QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004850 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004851 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004852 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004853 return QualType();
Steve Naroff6f49f5d2007-05-29 14:23:36 +00004854}
4855
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004856QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004857 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004858 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattner574dee62008-07-26 22:17:49 +00004859 QualType lhsType =
4860 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
4861 QualType rhsType =
4862 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004863
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004864 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman002e4bd2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00004865 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004866 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004867
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004868 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
4869 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004870 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
4871 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004872 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4873 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAs<VectorType>())
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004874 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004875 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004876 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004877 }
4878 }
4879 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004880
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004881 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
4882 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
4883 bool swapped = false;
4884 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
4885 swapped = true;
4886 std::swap(rex, lex);
4887 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
4888 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004889
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004890 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004891 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004892 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
4893 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
4894 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004895 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004896 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4897 return lhsType;
4898 }
4899 }
4900 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
4901 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
4902 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00004903 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType, CastExpr::CK_FloatingCast);
Nate Begemanbd956c42009-06-28 02:36:38 +00004904 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
4905 return lhsType;
4906 }
Nate Begeman330aaa72007-12-30 02:59:45 +00004907 }
4908 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004909
Nate Begeman886448d2009-06-28 19:12:57 +00004910 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004911 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004912 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004913 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff84ff4b42007-07-09 21:31:10 +00004914 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004915}
4916
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004917QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
4918 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
Daniel Dunbar060d5e22009-01-05 22:42:10 +00004919 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004920 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004921
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004922 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004923
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004924 if (!lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
4925 !rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4926 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004927
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004928 // Check for division by zero.
4929 if (isDiv &&
4930 rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004931 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
Chris Lattner70117952010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004932 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004933
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004934 return compType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00004935}
4936
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004937QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004938 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Daniel Dunbar0d2bfec2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00004939 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4940 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4941 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4942 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4943 }
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004944
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004945 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004946
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004947 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
4948 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004949
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004950 // Check for remainder by zero.
4951 if (rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
Chris Lattner70117952010-01-12 21:30:55 +00004952 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
4953 << rex->getSourceRange());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00004954
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004955 return compType;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004956}
4957
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00004958QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004959 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004960 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4961 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4962 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4963 return compType;
4964 }
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004965
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004966 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004967
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004968 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004969 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
4970 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
4971 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004972 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004973 }
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00004974
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004975 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
4976 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004977 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004978 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
4979
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004980 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004981
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004982 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004983 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004984
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004985 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
4986 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004987 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4988 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00004989 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004990 return QualType();
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004991 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004992
4993 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4994 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4995 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004996 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004997 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4998 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4999 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
5000 return QualType();
5001 }
5002
5003 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5004 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5005 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005006 } else {
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005007 // Check if we require a complete type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005008 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroffa63372d2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00005009 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005010 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
5011 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005012 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5013 << PExp->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005014 << PExp->getType()))
Steve Naroffaacd4cc2009-07-13 21:20:41 +00005015 return QualType();
5016 }
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005017 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5018 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5019 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5020 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
5021 return QualType();
5022 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005023
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005024 if (CompLHSTy) {
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005025 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5026 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5027 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5028 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5029 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005030 }
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005031 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
5032 }
Eli Friedman8e122982008-05-18 18:08:51 +00005033 return PExp->getType();
5034 }
5035 }
5036
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005037 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005038}
5039
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005040// C99 6.5.6
5041QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005042 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5043 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5044 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5045 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5046 return compType;
5047 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005048
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005049 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005050
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005051 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005052
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005053 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005054 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
5055 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005056 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005057 return compType;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005058 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005059
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005060 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005061 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4eed7a12009-07-13 17:19:15 +00005062 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005063
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005064 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005065
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005066 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
5067 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
5068 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
5069 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5070 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5071 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5072 return QualType();
5073 }
5074
5075 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
5076 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5077 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5078 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5079 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005080 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005081 return QualType();
5082 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005083
5084 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5085 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
5086 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005087 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005088 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005089 << lex->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005090 << lex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005091 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005092
Chris Lattner12bdebb2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00005093 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5094 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5095 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5096 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
5097 return QualType();
5098 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005099
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005100 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005101 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
5102 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5103 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5104 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5105 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5106 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005107 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005108 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
5109
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005110 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005111 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005112 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005113
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005114 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005115 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman1974e532008-02-08 01:19:44 +00005116 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005117
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005118 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
5119 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
5120 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
5121 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5122 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5123 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5124 return QualType();
5125 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005126
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005127 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
5128 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
5129 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5130 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005131 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005132 return QualType();
5133 }
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005134
5135 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
5136 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
5137 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
5138 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
5139 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005140 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object)
5141 << rex->getSourceRange()
5142 << rex->getType()))
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005143 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005144
Eli Friedman168fe152009-05-16 13:54:38 +00005145 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5146 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
5147 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
5148 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5149 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5150 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5151 return QualType();
5152 }
5153 } else {
5154 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
5155 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
5156 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
5157 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
5158 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5159 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
5160 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5161 return QualType();
5162 }
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005163 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005164
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005165 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
5166 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5167 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5168 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
5169 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005170 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
Douglas Gregorac1fb652009-03-24 19:52:54 +00005171 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005172
5173 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner4d62f422007-12-09 21:53:25 +00005174 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
5175 }
5176 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005177
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005178 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005179}
5180
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005181// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005182QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattner2a3569b2008-04-07 05:30:13 +00005183 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005184 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
5185 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005186 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005187
Nate Begemane46ee9a2009-10-25 02:26:48 +00005188 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
5189 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
5190 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
5191
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005192 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
5193 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00005194 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex);
5195 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5196 LHSTy = lex->getType();
5197 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5198 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005199 }
Chris Lattner3c133402007-12-13 07:28:16 +00005200 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005201 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy, CastExpr::CK_IntegralCast);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005202
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005203 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005204
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005205 // Sanity-check shift operands
5206 llvm::APSInt Right;
5207 // Check right/shifter operand
Daniel Dunbar687fa862009-09-17 06:31:27 +00005208 if (!rex->isValueDependent() &&
5209 rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn2f085712009-08-08 19:18:23 +00005210 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnf53fab82009-08-07 16:20:20 +00005211 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
5212 else {
5213 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
5214 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
5215 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
5216 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
5217 }
5218 }
5219
Chris Lattner5c11c412007-12-12 05:47:28 +00005220 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005221 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005222}
5223
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005224// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005225QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005226 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
5227 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
5228
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005229 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005230 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005231 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005232
John McCall71d8d9b2010-03-11 19:43:18 +00005233 CheckSignCompare(lex, rex, Loc, &Opc);
John McCall644a4182009-11-05 00:40:04 +00005234
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005235 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff47fea352007-08-10 18:26:40 +00005236 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5237 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
5238 else {
5239 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5240 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
5241 }
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005242 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5243 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005244
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005245 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
5246 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005247 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5248 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5249 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005250 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
Ted Kremenekde9e9682009-03-20 19:57:37 +00005251 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005252 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
5253 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
5254 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
5255 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenek9ffbe412009-03-20 18:35:45 +00005256 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
5257 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005258 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005259
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005260 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
5261 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
5262 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
5263 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005264
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005265 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
5266 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005267 Expr *literalString = 0;
5268 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner222b8bd2009-03-08 19:39:53 +00005269 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005270 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005271 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005272 literalString = lex;
5273 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005274 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
5275 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005276 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005277 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005278 literalString = rex;
5279 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
5280 }
5281
5282 if (literalString) {
5283 std::string resultComparison;
5284 switch (Opc) {
5285 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
5286 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
5287 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
5288 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
5289 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
5290 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
5291 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
5292 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005293
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005294 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc,
5295 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
5296 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
Ted Kremenek800b66b2010-04-09 20:26:53 +00005297 << literalString->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005298 }
Ted Kremeneke451eae2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00005299 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005300
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005301 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005302 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy:Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005303
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005304 if (isRelational) {
5305 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005306 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005307 } else {
Ted Kremeneke2763b02007-10-29 17:13:39 +00005308 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Chris Lattner9a152e22009-12-05 05:40:13 +00005309 if (lType->isFloatingType() && rType->isFloatingType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005310 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005311
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005312 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005313 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005314 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005315
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005316 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005317 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005318 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00005319 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005320
Chris Lattnerb620c342007-08-26 01:18:55 +00005321 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
5322 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
5323 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff808eb8f2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00005324 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005325 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005326 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner3a0702e2008-04-03 05:07:25 +00005327 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005328 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005329
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005330 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005331 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
5332 return ResultTy;
Fariborz Jahanianffc420c2009-12-21 18:19:17 +00005333 if (!isRelational &&
5334 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5335 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5336 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
5337 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5338 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5339 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5340 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5341 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5342 return ResultTy;
5343 }
5344 }
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005345 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
5346 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
5347 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
5348 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
5349 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
5350 //
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005351 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005352 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005353 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5354 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5355 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005356 if (T.isNull()) {
5357 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5358 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5359 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005360 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005361 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005362 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005363 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005364 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005365 }
5366
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005367 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5368 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregor5b07c7e2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00005369 return ResultTy;
5370 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005371 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
5372 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
5373 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
5374 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
5375 if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5376 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
5377 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5378 }
5379 } else if (!isRelational &&
5380 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
5381 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
5382 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
5383 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
5384 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
5385 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
5386 }
5387 } else {
5388 // Invalid
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005389 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005390 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff75c17232007-06-13 21:41:08 +00005391 }
Eli Friedman16c209612009-08-23 00:27:47 +00005392 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy)
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005393 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005394 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005395 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005396
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005397 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005398 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005399 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005400 if (RHSIsNull &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005401 (lType->isPointerType() ||
5402 (!isRelational && lType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005403 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005404 return ResultTy;
5405 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005406 if (LHSIsNull &&
5407 (rType->isPointerType() ||
5408 (!isRelational && rType->isMemberPointerType()))) {
Anders Carlsson83133d92009-08-24 18:03:14 +00005409 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005410 return ResultTy;
5411 }
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005412
5413 // Comparison of member pointers.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005414 if (!isRelational &&
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005415 lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
5416 // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005417 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
5418 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
5419 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
5420 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
5421 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
5422 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
5423 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
5424 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005425 // types.
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005426 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5427 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex,
5428 isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005429 if (T.isNull()) {
5430 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005431 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005432 return QualType();
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005433 } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005434 Diag(Loc,
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005435 diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005436 << lType << rType << T
Douglas Gregor6f5f6422010-02-25 22:29:57 +00005437 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005438 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005439
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005440 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
5441 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005442 return ResultTy;
5443 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005444
Douglas Gregorb00b10e2009-08-24 17:42:35 +00005445 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00005446 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
5447 return ResultTy;
5448 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005449
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005450 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005451 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005452 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5453 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005454
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005455 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmana6638ca2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00005456 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005457 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005458 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005459 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005460 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005461 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005462 }
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005463 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005464 if (!isRelational
5465 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
5466 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005467 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005468 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005469 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005470 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stump1b821b42009-05-07 03:14:14 +00005471 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
5472 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
5473 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005474 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005475 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005476 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe18f94c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00005477 }
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005478
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005479 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005480 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005481 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
5482 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005483 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005484 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005485 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005486 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005487
Steve Naroff753567f2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00005488 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
5489 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner377d1f82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00005490 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005491 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1d4a9a32008-10-27 10:33:19 +00005492 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005493 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005494 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffea54d9e2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00005495 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005496 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005497 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005498 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
5499 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005500 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_BitCast);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005501 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffb788d9b2008-06-03 14:04:54 +00005502 }
Fariborz Jahanian134cbef2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00005503 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005504 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005505 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5506 if (RHSIsNull) {
5507 if (isRelational)
5508 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5509 } else if (isRelational)
5510 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5511 else
5512 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005513
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005514 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005515 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005516 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005517 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005518 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005519 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffcdee44c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00005520 }
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005521 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005522 unsigned DiagID = 0;
5523 if (LHSIsNull) {
5524 if (isRelational)
5525 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
5526 } else if (isRelational)
5527 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
5528 else
5529 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005530
Chris Lattnerd99bd522009-08-23 00:03:44 +00005531 if (DiagID) {
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005532 Diag(Loc, DiagID)
Chris Lattnerd466ea12009-06-30 06:24:05 +00005533 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf8344db2009-08-22 18:58:31 +00005534 }
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005535 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005536 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00005537 }
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005538 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005539 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
5540 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005541 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005542 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005543 }
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005544 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
5545 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00005546 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType, CastExpr::CK_IntegralToPointer);
Douglas Gregorca63811b2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00005547 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4b191572008-09-04 16:56:14 +00005548 }
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005549 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005550}
5551
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005552/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005553/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005554/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
5555/// types.
5556QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005557 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005558 bool isRelational) {
5559 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
5560 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005561 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005562 if (vType.isNull())
5563 return vType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005564
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005565 QualType lType = lex->getType();
5566 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005567
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005568 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
5569 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
5570 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
5571 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
5572 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
5573 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
5574 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Douglas Gregor49862b82010-01-12 23:18:54 +00005575 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, PDiag(diag::warn_selfcomparison));
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005576 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005577
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005578 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
5579 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
5580 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005581 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005582 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005583
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005584 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
5585 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
5586 // elements for floating point vectors.
5587 if (lType->isIntegerType())
5588 return lType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005589
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005590 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005591 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005592 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005593 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner5d688962009-03-31 07:46:52 +00005594 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005595 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5596
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005597 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman2f2bdeb2009-01-18 03:20:47 +00005598 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begeman191a6b12008-07-14 18:02:46 +00005599 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
5600}
5601
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005602inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005603 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
Steve Naroff94a5aca2007-07-16 22:23:01 +00005604 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005605 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroffb8ea4fb2007-07-13 23:32:42 +00005606
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005607 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005608
Steve Naroffdbd9e892007-07-17 00:58:39 +00005609 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroffbe4c4d12007-08-24 19:07:16 +00005610 return compType;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005611 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005612}
5613
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005614inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005615 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc) {
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005616 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5617 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
5618 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005619
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005620 if (!lex->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex->getType()->isScalarType())
5621 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005622
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005623 return Context.IntTy;
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005624 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005625
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005626 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
5627 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
5628 // The operands are both implicitly converted to type bool (clause 4).
5629 StandardConversionSequence LHS;
5630 if (!IsStandardConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy,
5631 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, LHS))
5632 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Anders Carlsson35a99d92009-10-16 01:44:21 +00005633
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005634 if (PerformImplicitConversion(lex, Context.BoolTy, LHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005635 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005636 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005637
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005638 StandardConversionSequence RHS;
5639 if (!IsStandardConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy,
5640 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false, RHS))
5641 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005642
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005643 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rex, Context.BoolTy, RHS,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005644 AA_Passing, /*IgnoreBaseAccess=*/false))
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005645 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00005646
Anders Carlsson2e7bc112009-11-23 21:47:44 +00005647 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
5648 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
5649 // The result is a bool.
5650 return Context.BoolTy;
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005651}
5652
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005653/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
5654/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
5655/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
5656///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005657static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005658 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
5659 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
5660 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
5661 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005662 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005663 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
5664 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
5665 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
5666 return true;
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005667 }
5668 }
5669 return false;
5670}
5671
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005672/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
5673/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
5674static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005675 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005676 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005677 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanian8e1555c2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00005678 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
5679 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005680 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
5681 return false;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005682
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005683 unsigned Diag = 0;
5684 bool NeedType = false;
5685 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005686 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005687 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005688 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5689 NeedType = true;
5690 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005691 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005692 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5693 NeedType = true;
5694 break;
Chris Lattner9b3bbe92008-11-17 19:51:54 +00005695 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005696 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
5697 break;
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005698 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
5699 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005700 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005701 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
5702 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005703 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5704 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005705 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
5706 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregored0cfbd2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00005707 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00005708 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00005709 << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005710 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005711 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
5712 break;
Steve Naroffba756cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00005713 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005714 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
5715 break;
Fariborz Jahanian8a1810f2008-11-22 18:39:36 +00005716 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
5717 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
5718 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5118c412008-11-22 20:25:50 +00005719 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
5720 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
5721 break;
Fariborz Jahaniane8d28902009-12-15 23:59:41 +00005722 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
5723 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
5724 break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00005725 }
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00005726
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005727 SourceRange Assign;
5728 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
5729 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005730 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarc2223ab2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00005731 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005732 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005733 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005734 return true;
5735}
5736
5737
5738
5739// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005740QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
5741 SourceLocation Loc,
5742 QualType CompoundType) {
5743 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
5744 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner30bd3272008-11-18 01:22:49 +00005745 return QualType();
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005746
5747 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
5748 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005749
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005750 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005751 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005752 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005753 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005754 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
5755 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
5756 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005757 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005758 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00005759 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00005760 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005761
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005762 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
5763 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
5764 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005765 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005766 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
5767 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
5768 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
5769 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
5770 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005771 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005772 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005773 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
5774 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
5775 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnered9f14c2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00005776 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
5777 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005778 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
5779 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
5780 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner36c39c92009-03-08 06:51:10 +00005781 }
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005782 }
5783 } else {
5784 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb05c41e2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00005785 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattnerea714382008-08-21 18:04:13 +00005786 }
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005787
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005788 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005789 RHS, AA_Assigning))
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005790 return QualType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005791
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005792 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
5793 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005794 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Steve Naroff98cf3e92007-06-06 18:38:38 +00005795 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
5796 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005797 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregord2c2d172009-05-02 00:36:19 +00005798 // operand.
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005799 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Steve Naroffae4143e2007-04-26 20:39:23 +00005800}
5801
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005802// C99 6.5.17
5803QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattnerf6e1e302008-07-25 20:54:07 +00005804 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00005805 // C++ does not perform this conversion (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
5806 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5807 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005808
5809 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
5810 // incomplete in C++).
5811
Chris Lattner326f7572008-11-18 01:30:42 +00005812 return RHS->getType();
Steve Naroff95af0132007-03-30 23:47:58 +00005813}
5814
Steve Naroff7a5af782007-07-13 16:58:59 +00005815/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
5816/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005817QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5818 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005819 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
5820 return Context.DependentTy;
5821
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005822 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
5823 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Steve Naroffd50c88e2007-04-05 21:15:20 +00005824
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005825 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
5826 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
5827 if (!isInc) {
5828 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5829 return QualType();
5830 }
5831 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
5832 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
5833 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005834 // OK!
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00005835 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
5836 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005837
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005838 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005839 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005840 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5841 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
5842 << Op->getSourceRange();
5843 return QualType();
5844 }
5845
5846 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005847 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005848 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorf6cd9282009-01-23 00:36:41 +00005849 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5850 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
5851 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
5852 return QualType();
5853 }
5854
5855 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005856 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005857 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005858 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005859 << Op->getSourceRange()
Anders Carlsson029fc692009-08-26 22:59:12 +00005860 << ResType))
Douglas Gregordd430f72009-01-19 19:26:10 +00005861 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianca75db72009-07-16 17:59:14 +00005862 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5863 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
5864 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5865 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5866 return QualType();
5867 }
Eli Friedman090addd2010-01-03 00:20:48 +00005868 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005869 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
5870 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005871 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005872 } else {
5873 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Douglas Gregor906db8a2009-12-15 16:44:32 +00005874 << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005875 return QualType();
Steve Naroff46ba1eb2007-04-03 23:13:13 +00005876 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005877 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff9e1e5512007-08-23 21:37:33 +00005878 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005879 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005880 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6b0cf142008-11-21 07:05:48 +00005881 return ResType;
Steve Naroff26c8ea52007-03-21 21:08:52 +00005882}
5883
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005884/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005885/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005886/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
5887/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
5888/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
5889/// - &(x) => x
5890/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
5891/// - &s.xx => s
5892/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
5893/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
5894/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
5895/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005896static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005897 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005898 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005899 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005900 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005901 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
5902 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
5903 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005904 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005905 return 0;
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005906 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005907 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005908 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005909 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
5910 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005911 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
5912 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
5913 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
5914 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
5915 }
5916 return 0;
Anders Carlsson806700f2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00005917 }
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005918 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
5919 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005920
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005921 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb692ef42008-08-04 20:02:37 +00005922 case UnaryOperator::Real:
5923 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
5924 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
5925 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
5926 default:
5927 return 0;
5928 }
5929 }
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005930 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005931 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005932 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005933 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
5934 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner24d5bfe2008-04-02 04:24:33 +00005935 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005936 default:
5937 return 0;
5938 }
5939}
5940
5941/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005942/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00005943/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005944/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Steve Naroffa78fe7e2007-05-16 19:47:19 +00005945/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005946/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005947/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005948QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005949 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
5950 op = op->IgnoreParens();
5951
Douglas Gregor19b8c4f2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00005952 if (op->isTypeDependent())
5953 return Context.DependentTy;
5954
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00005955 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
5956 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
5957 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
5958 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
5959 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
5960 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
5961 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
5962 }
5963 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
5964 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
5965 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005966 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner67315442008-07-26 21:30:36 +00005967 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes17f345f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00005968
Sebastian Redl9a8dd0d2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005969 MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op);
5970 if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction && ME &&
5971 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
5972 ValueDecl *dcl = cast<MemberExpr>(op)->getMemberDecl();
5973 // &f where f is a member of the current object, or &o.f, or &p->f
5974 // All these are not allowed, and we need to catch them before the dcl
5975 // branch of the if, below.
5976 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
5977 << dcl;
5978 // FIXME: Improve this diagnostic and provide a fixit.
5979
5980 // Now recover by acting as if the function had been accessed qualified.
5981 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
5982 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(dcl->getDeclContext()))
5983 .getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregorb154fdc2010-02-16 21:39:57 +00005984 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
5985 Diag(OpLoc, isSFINAEContext()? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
5986 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
5987 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
5988 if (isSFINAEContext())
5989 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl9a8dd0d2010-01-11 15:56:56 +00005990 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005991 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00005992 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00005993 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattner48d52842007-11-16 17:46:48 +00005994 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005995 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
5996 << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00005997 return QualType();
5998 }
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00005999 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006000 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
6001 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6002 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +00006003 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson8abde4b2010-01-31 17:18:49 +00006004 } else if (op->refersToVectorElement()) {
Eli Friedman3a1e6922009-04-20 08:23:18 +00006005 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006006 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana6b47a42009-02-15 22:45:20 +00006007 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006008 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian385db802009-07-07 18:50:52 +00006009 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
6010 // cannot take address of a property expression.
6011 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6012 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
6013 return QualType();
Anders Carlsson3fa58d12009-09-14 23:15:26 +00006014 } else if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(op)) {
6015 // FIXME: Can LHS ever be null here?
Anders Carlsson01ccf992009-09-15 16:03:44 +00006016 if (!CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getTrueExpr(), OpLoc).isNull())
6017 return CheckAddressOfOperand(CO->getFalseExpr(), OpLoc);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006018 } else if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(op)) {
6019 return Context.OverloadTy;
Steve Naroffb96e4ab62008-02-29 23:30:25 +00006020 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006021 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006022 // with the register storage-class specifier.
6023 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006024 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006025 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
6026 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006027 return QualType();
6028 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006029 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006030 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006031 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor9aa8b552008-12-10 21:26:49 +00006032 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006033 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
6034 // scope qualifier for the class.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006035 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006036 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006037 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
6038 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006039 Diag(OpLoc,
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006040 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
6041 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
6042 return QualType();
6043 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006044
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006045 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6046 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlsson0b675f52009-07-08 21:45:58 +00006047 }
Sebastian Redl3d3f75a2009-02-03 20:19:35 +00006048 }
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006049 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes5773a1b2008-12-16 22:58:26 +00006050 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006051 // As above.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00006052 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier() &&
6053 MD->isInstance())
Anders Carlsson5b535762009-05-16 21:43:42 +00006054 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
6055 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
6056 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Steve Narofff633d092007-04-25 19:01:39 +00006057 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006058 }
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00006059
Eli Friedmance7f9002009-05-16 23:27:50 +00006060 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
6061 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
6062 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
6063 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
6064 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
6065 }
6066
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006067 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006068 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
Steve Naroff47500512007-04-19 23:00:49 +00006069}
6070
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006071QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006072 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
6073 return Context.DependentTy;
6074
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006075 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
6076 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006077
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006078 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
6079 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
6080 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
6081 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006082 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff826e91a2008-01-13 17:10:08 +00006083 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006084
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006085 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Fariborz Jahanianf15d4b62009-09-03 00:43:07 +00006086 return OPT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006087
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006088 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner6a2ed6f2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00006089 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006090 return QualType();
Steve Naroff1926c832007-04-24 00:23:05 +00006091}
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006092
6093static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
6094 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6095 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6096 switch (Kind) {
6097 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006098 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
6099 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006100 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
6101 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
6102 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
6103 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
6104 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
6105 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
6106 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
6107 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
6108 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
6109 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
6110 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
6111 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
6112 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
6113 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
6114 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
6115 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
6116 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
6117 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
6118 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
6119 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
6120 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
6121 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
6122 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
6123 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
6124 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
6125 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
6126 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
6127 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
6128 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
6129 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
6130 }
6131 return Opc;
6132}
6133
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006134static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
6135 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
6136 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
6137 switch (Kind) {
6138 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
6139 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
6140 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
6141 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
6142 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
6143 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
6144 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
6145 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
6146 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006147 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
6148 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
Chris Lattnerd0f76512007-06-08 22:16:53 +00006149 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006150 }
6151 return Opc;
6152}
6153
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006154/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
6155/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
6156/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006157Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6158 unsigned Op,
6159 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006160 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006161 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006162 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
6163 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
6164 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006165
6166 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006167 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
6168 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
6169 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006170 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
6171 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
6172 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
6173 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
6174 break;
6175 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006176 case BinaryOperator::Div:
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006177 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
6178 Opc == BinaryOperator::Div);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006179 break;
6180 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
6181 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6182 break;
6183 case BinaryOperator::Add:
6184 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6185 break;
6186 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
6187 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6188 break;
Sebastian Redl112a97662009-02-07 00:15:38 +00006189 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006190 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
6191 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6192 break;
6193 case BinaryOperator::LE:
6194 case BinaryOperator::LT:
6195 case BinaryOperator::GE:
6196 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006197 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006198 break;
6199 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
6200 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor7a5bc762009-04-06 18:45:53 +00006201 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006202 break;
6203 case BinaryOperator::And:
6204 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
6205 case BinaryOperator::Or:
6206 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6207 break;
6208 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
6209 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
6210 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6211 break;
6212 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
6213 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Chris Lattnerfaa54172010-01-12 21:23:57 +00006214 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
6215 Opc == BinaryOperator::DivAssign);
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006216 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6217 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6218 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006219 break;
6220 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006221 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6222 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6223 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6224 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006225 break;
6226 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006227 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6228 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6229 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006230 break;
6231 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006232 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
6233 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6234 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006235 break;
6236 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
6237 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006238 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6239 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6240 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6241 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006242 break;
6243 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
6244 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
6245 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006246 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
6247 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
6248 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
6249 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006250 break;
6251 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
6252 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
6253 break;
6254 }
6255 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006256 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006257 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006258 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6259 else
6260 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman8b7b1b12009-03-28 01:22:36 +00006261 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
6262 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006263}
6264
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006265/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps
6266/// ParenRange in parentheses.
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006267static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
6268 const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006269 SourceRange ParenRange,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006270 const PartialDiagnostic &SecondPD,
6271 SourceRange SecondParenRange) {
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006272 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
6273 if (!ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6274 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6275 // warning/error and return.
6276 Self.Diag(Loc, PD);
6277 return;
6278 }
6279
6280 Self.Diag(Loc, PD)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006281 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6282 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006283
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006284 if (!SecondPD.getDiagID())
6285 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006286
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006287 EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SecondParenRange.getEnd());
6288 if (!SecondParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() || EndLoc.isInvalid()) {
6289 // We can't display the parentheses, so just dig the
6290 // warning/error and return.
6291 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD);
6292 return;
6293 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006294
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006295 Self.Diag(Loc, SecondPD)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00006296 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SecondParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
6297 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006298}
6299
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006300/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
6301/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
6302/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
6303/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006304static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6305 SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006306 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
6307 BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
6308 rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
6309 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006310 lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006311 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006312 rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
6313
6314 // Subs are not binary operators.
6315 if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
6316 return;
6317
6318 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
6319 // Don't diagnose this.
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006320 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
6321 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006322 return;
6323
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006324 if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006325 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006326 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006327 << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
6328 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006329 lhs->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006330 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006331 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006332 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
6333 else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc))
Sebastian Redl4afb7c582009-10-26 17:01:32 +00006334 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006335 Self.PDiag(diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006336 << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
6337 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006338 rhs->getSourceRange(),
Douglas Gregor89336232010-03-29 23:34:08 +00006339 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00006340 << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006341 SourceRange(lhs->getLocEnd(), cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006342}
6343
6344/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
6345/// precedence. This currently diagnoses only "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
6346/// But it could also warn about arg1 && arg2 || arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
6347static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6348 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
Sebastian Redl44615072009-10-27 12:10:02 +00006349 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006350 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
6351}
6352
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006353// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006354Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
6355 tok::TokenKind Kind,
6356 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006357 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006358 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006359
Steve Naroff83895f72007-09-16 03:34:24 +00006360 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
6361 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006362
Sebastian Redl43028242009-10-26 15:24:15 +00006363 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
6364 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);
6365
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006366 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
6367}
6368
6369Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6370 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6371 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006372 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006373 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006374 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
6375 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6376 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6377 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6378 // the arguments.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006379 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006380 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006381 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6382 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
6383 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006384
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00006385 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
6386 // binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006387 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb5d49352009-01-19 22:31:54 +00006388 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006389
Douglas Gregor7d5fc7e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00006390 // Build a built-in binary operation.
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006391 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Steve Naroff218bc2b2007-05-04 21:54:46 +00006392}
6393
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006394Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006395 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006396 ExprArg InputArg) {
6397 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006398
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00006399 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006400 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006401 QualType resultType;
6402 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006403 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
6404 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
6405 break;
6406
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006407 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
6408 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006409 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
6410 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle10c2c32008-12-20 09:35:34 +00006411 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedman6aea5752009-07-22 22:25:00 +00006412 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
6413 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006414 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006415 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006416 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006417 break;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006418 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006419 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006420 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006421 break;
6422 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
6423 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006424 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6425 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006426 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6427 break;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00006428 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
6429 break;
6430 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
6431 resultType->isEnumeralType())
6432 break;
6433 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
6434 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
6435 resultType->isPointerType())
6436 break;
6437
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006438 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6439 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006440 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006441 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
6442 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006443 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6444 break;
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006445 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
6446 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
6447 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner29e812b2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00006448 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00006449 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner0d707612008-07-25 23:52:49 +00006450 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006451 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6452 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006453 break;
6454 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
Steve Naroff71b59a92007-06-04 22:22:31 +00006455 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006456 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input);
Steve Naroff31090012007-07-16 21:54:35 +00006457 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006458 if (resultType->isDependentType())
6459 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006460 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006461 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
6462 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerbe31ed82007-06-02 19:11:33 +00006463 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006464 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
6465 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006466 break;
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006467 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006468 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner709322b2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00006469 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner30b5dd02007-08-24 21:16:53 +00006470 break;
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006471 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner86554282007-06-08 22:32:33 +00006472 resultType = Input->getType();
Steve Naroff043d45d2007-05-15 02:32:35 +00006473 break;
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006474 }
6475 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00006476 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006477
6478 InputArg.release();
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006479 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Steve Naroff35d85152007-05-07 00:24:15 +00006480}
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006481
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006482Action::OwningExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6483 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc,
6484 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006485 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
Anders Carlsson461a2c02009-11-14 21:26:41 +00006486 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
6487 Opc != UnaryOperator::Extension) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006488 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
6489 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
6490 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
6491 // the arguments.
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006492 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006493 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00006494 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
6495 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
6496 Functions);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006497
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006498 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
6499 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006500
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00006501 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
6502}
6503
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00006504// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
6505Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
6506 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
6507 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), move(input));
6508}
6509
Steve Naroff66356bd2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00006510/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006511Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
6512 SourceLocation LabLoc,
6513 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006514 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner3318e862009-04-18 20:01:55 +00006515 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006516
Daniel Dunbar88402ce2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00006517 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
6518 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroff846b1ec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00006519 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Narofff6009ed2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00006520 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006521
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006522 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006523 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
6524 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattnereefa10e2007-05-28 06:56:27 +00006525}
6526
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006527Sema::OwningExprResult
6528Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
6529 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
6530 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006531 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
6532 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
6533
Douglas Gregor6cf3f3c2010-03-10 04:54:39 +00006534 bool isFileScope
6535 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
Chris Lattnera69b0762009-04-25 19:11:05 +00006536 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006537 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedman52cc0162009-01-24 23:09:00 +00006538
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006539 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
6540 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
6541 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006542
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006543 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
6544 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
6545 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006546
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006547 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
6548 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
6549 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
6550 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
6551 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006552
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006553 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006554 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner944d3062008-07-26 19:51:01 +00006555 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006556
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006557 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
6558 // expressions are not lvalues.
6559
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006560 substmt.release();
6561 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner366727f2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00006562}
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006563
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006564Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
6565 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6566 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
6567 TypeTy *argty,
6568 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
6569 unsigned NumComponents,
6570 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6571 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
6572 // error.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006573 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6574 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty);
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006575 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006576
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006577 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
6578
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006579 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
6580 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
6581 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006582 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006583 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006584
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006585 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
6586 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor26897462009-03-11 16:48:53 +00006587
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006588 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
6589 // the offsetof designators.
6590 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
6591 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006592 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006593 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman16c88df2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00006594
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006595 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
6596 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006597 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
6598 // a system header!
Chris Lattner78502cf2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00006599 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerf490e152008-11-19 05:27:50 +00006600 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
6601 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006602
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006603 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedman8469bc72009-05-03 21:22:18 +00006604 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006605
John McCall9eff4e62009-11-04 03:03:43 +00006606 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeLoc, Res->getType(),
6607 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
6608 return ExprError();
6609
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006610 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
6611 // leaks like a sieve.
6612 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
6613 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
6614 if (OC.isBrackets) {
6615 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
6616 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
6617 if (!AT) {
6618 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006619 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
6620 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006621 }
6622
6623 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
6624
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006625 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
6626 // expression.
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006627 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Res);
Eli Friedman988a16b2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00006628
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006629 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
6630 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006631 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006632 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006633 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner003af242009-04-25 22:50:55 +00006634 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006635 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006636
6637 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
6638 OC.LocEnd);
6639 continue;
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006640 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006641
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00006642 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006643 if (!RC) {
6644 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006645 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
6646 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006647 }
Chris Lattner98dbf0a2007-08-30 17:59:59 +00006648
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006649 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
6650 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006651 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00006652 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
6653 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc,
6654 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
6655 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
6656 << Res->getType()))
6657 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
Anders Carlsson2bbb86b2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00006658 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006659
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00006660 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
6661 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00006662
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00006663 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006664 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006665 if (!MemberDecl)
Douglas Gregore40876a2009-10-13 21:16:44 +00006666 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
6667 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006668
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006669 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
6670 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006671 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlsson3cbc8592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00006672 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
John McCall7e1d6d72009-11-11 03:23:23 +00006673 OC.LocEnd, MemberDecl, Res, OC.LocEnd).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006674 } else {
John McCall16df1e52010-03-30 21:47:33 +00006675 PerformObjectMemberConversion(Res, /*Qualifier=*/0,
6676 *R.begin(), MemberDecl);
Eli Friedman64fc3c62009-04-26 20:50:44 +00006677 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
6678 // doesn't matter here.
6679 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
6680 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
6681 }
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006682 }
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006683 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006684
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006685 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
6686 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattnerf17bd422007-08-30 17:45:32 +00006687}
6688
6689
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006690Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6691 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
6692 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006693 // FIXME: Preserve type source info.
6694 QualType argT1 = GetTypeFromParser(arg1);
6695 QualType argT2 = GetTypeFromParser(arg2);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006696
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006697 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006698
Douglas Gregorf907cbf2009-05-19 22:28:02 +00006699 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6700 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
6701 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
6702 return ExprError();
6703 }
6704
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006705 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
6706 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff78864672007-08-01 22:05:33 +00006707}
6708
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006709Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6710 ExprArg cond,
6711 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
6712 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
6713 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
6714 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
6715 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006716
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006717 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
6718
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006719 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006720 bool ValueDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor0df91122009-05-19 22:43:30 +00006721 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006722 resType = Context.DependentTy;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006723 ValueDependent = true;
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006724 } else {
6725 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
6726 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
6727 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
6728 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006729 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
6730 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
6731 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006732
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006733 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
6734 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006735 ValueDependent = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->isValueDependent()
6736 : RHSExpr->isValueDependent();
Sebastian Redl8d2ccae2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00006737 }
6738
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006739 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
6740 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00006741 resType, RPLoc,
6742 resType->isDependentType(),
6743 ValueDependent));
Steve Naroff9efdabc2007-08-03 21:21:27 +00006744}
6745
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006746//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6747// Clang Extensions.
6748//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6749
6750/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006751void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006752 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
6753 PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
6754 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
6755 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006756}
6757
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006758void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpf70bcf72009-05-07 18:43:07 +00006759 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006760 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006761
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006762 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
6763 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006764 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006765 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
6766
Mike Stumpd456c482009-04-28 01:10:27 +00006767 if (T->isArrayType()) {
6768 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6769 diag::err_block_returns_array);
6770 return;
6771 }
6772
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006773 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
6774 if (!T->isFunctionType())
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00006775 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
6776 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006777
6778 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
6779 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006780 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006781 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006782 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006783 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006784 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6785 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006786 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006787
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006788 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6789 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6790 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6791 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6792 return;
6793 }
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00006794
6795 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Mike Stump82f071f2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00006796 return;
6797 }
6798
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006799 // Analyze arguments to block.
6800 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
6801 "Not a function declarator!");
6802 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006803
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006804 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
6805 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006806
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006807 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
6808 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
6809 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
6810 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner83f095c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00006811 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
6812 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006813 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006814 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006815 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
Fariborz Jahanian5ec502e2010-02-12 21:53:14 +00006816 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6817 ParmVarDecl *Param = FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>();
6818 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
6819 !Param->isImplicit() &&
6820 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
6821 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6822 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
6823 CurBlock->Params.push_back(Param);
6824 }
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006825 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006826 }
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00006827 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006828 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian960910a2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00006829 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00006830 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006831
6832 bool ShouldCheckShadow =
6833 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored;
6834
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006835 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
John McCallf7b2fb52010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006836 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
6837 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
6838
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006839 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006840 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
6841 if (ShouldCheckShadow)
6842 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
6843
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006844 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
John McCalldf8b37c2010-03-22 09:20:08 +00006845 }
John McCallf7b2fb52010-01-22 00:28:27 +00006846 }
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006847
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006848 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006849 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00006850 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006851 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6802ed92009-05-15 21:18:04 +00006852 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian6607b212009-05-14 20:53:39 +00006853 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
6854 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006855
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006856 // Analyze the return type.
6857 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006858 QualType RetTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006859
Chris Lattner6de05082009-04-11 19:27:54 +00006860 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
6861 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
6862 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
6863 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
6864 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006865 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006866}
6867
6868/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
6869/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
6870void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006871 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner41b86942009-04-21 22:38:46 +00006872 PopDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006873 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006874 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006875}
6876
6877/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
6878/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006879Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
6880 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9eac9312009-03-27 04:18:06 +00006881 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
6882 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
6883 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006884
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006885 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006886
Steve Naroff1d95e5a2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00006887 PopDeclContext();
6888
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006889 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian3fd73102009-06-19 23:37:08 +00006890 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
6891 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006892
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006893 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
6894 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
6895 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006896
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006897 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006898 QualType BlockTy;
6899 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006900 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006901 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006902 else
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00006903 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump3bf1ab42009-07-28 22:04:01 +00006904 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00006905 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, 0, CC_Default));
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006906
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006907 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00006908 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006909 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006910
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006911 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006912 if (FunctionNeedsScopeChecking() && !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
Chris Lattner45542ea2009-04-19 05:28:12 +00006913 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006914
Anders Carlssonb781bcd2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00006915 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump314825b2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006916
6917 bool Good = true;
6918 // Check goto/label use.
6919 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator
6920 I = BSI->LabelMap.begin(), E = BSI->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6921 LabelStmt *L = I->second;
6922
6923 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
6924 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.
6925 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0)
6926 continue;
6927
6928 // Emit error.
6929 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName();
6930 Good = false;
6931 }
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006932 if (!Good) {
6933 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Mike Stump314825b2010-01-19 23:08:01 +00006934 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006935 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006936
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006937 // Issue any analysis-based warnings.
Ted Kremenek0b405322010-03-23 00:13:23 +00006938 const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP =
6939 AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
6940 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
Ted Kremenek918fe842010-03-20 21:06:02 +00006941
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006942 Expr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
6943 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00006944 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
Douglas Gregor9a28e842010-03-01 23:15:13 +00006945 return Owned(Result);
Steve Naroffc540d662008-09-03 18:15:37 +00006946}
6947
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006948Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
6949 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
6950 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc7148c92009-08-19 01:28:28 +00006951 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(type);
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006952 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
6953 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006954
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006955 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006956
6957 // Get the va_list type
6958 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006959 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
6960 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
6961 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
6962 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006963 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006964 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
6965 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
6966 } else {
6967 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
6968 // it is modified by va_arg.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006969 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006970 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedmane2cad652009-05-16 12:46:54 +00006971 return ExprError();
6972 }
Eli Friedman121ba0c2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00006973
Douglas Gregorad3150c2009-05-19 23:10:31 +00006974 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
6975 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006976 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
6977 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner56382aa2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00006978 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner3f5cd772009-04-05 00:59:53 +00006979 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006980
Eli Friedmanba961a92009-03-23 00:24:07 +00006981 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006982 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00006983
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006984 expr.release();
6985 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
6986 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7e13ab82007-10-15 20:28:48 +00006987}
6988
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006989Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006990 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
6991 // pointers on the target.
6992 QualType Ty;
6993 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
6994 Ty = Context.IntTy;
6995 else
6996 Ty = Context.LongTy;
6997
Sebastian Redl6d4256c2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00006998 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3be4b122008-11-29 04:51:27 +00006999}
7000
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007001static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
7002 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007003 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
7004 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007005
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007006 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7007 if (!PT)
7008 return;
7009
7010 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
7011 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
7012 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
7013 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
7014 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
7015 return;
7016 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007017
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007018 // Strip off any parens and casts.
7019 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
7020 if (!SL || SL->isWide())
7021 return;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007022
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007023 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007024}
7025
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007026bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7027 SourceLocation Loc,
7028 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00007029 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action) {
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007030 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
7031 bool isInvalid = false;
7032 unsigned DiagKind;
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007033 FixItHint Hint;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007034
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007035 switch (ConvTy) {
7036 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
7037 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007038 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007039 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
7040 break;
Chris Lattner940cfeb2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00007041 case IntToPointer:
7042 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
7043 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007044 case IncompatiblePointer:
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007045 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007046 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
7047 break;
Eli Friedman80160bd2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00007048 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
7049 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
7050 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007051 case FunctionVoidPointer:
7052 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
7053 break;
7054 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregoraa1e21d2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00007055 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
7056 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
7057 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
7058 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
7059 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
7060 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
7061 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
7062 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
7063 // C++ semantics.
7064 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7065 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
7066 return false;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007067 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
7068 break;
Alexis Hunt6f3de502009-11-08 07:46:34 +00007069 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
Fariborz Jahanianb98dade2009-11-09 22:16:37 +00007070 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
Fariborz Jahaniand7aa9d82009-11-07 20:20:40 +00007071 break;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007072 case IntToBlockPointer:
7073 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
7074 break;
7075 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd79b5a82009-04-21 22:51:42 +00007076 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff081c7422008-09-04 15:10:53 +00007077 break;
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007078 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007079 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff8afa9892008-10-14 22:18:38 +00007080 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
7081 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
7082 break;
Anders Carlssondb5a9b62009-01-30 23:17:46 +00007083 case IncompatibleVectors:
7084 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
7085 break;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007086 case Incompatible:
7087 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
7088 isInvalid = true;
7089 break;
7090 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007091
Douglas Gregorc68e1402010-04-09 00:35:39 +00007092 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
7093 switch (Action) {
7094 case AA_Assigning:
7095 case AA_Initializing:
7096 // The destination type comes first.
7097 FirstType = DstType;
7098 SecondType = SrcType;
7099 break;
7100
7101 case AA_Returning:
7102 case AA_Passing:
7103 case AA_Converting:
7104 case AA_Sending:
7105 case AA_Casting:
7106 // The source type comes first.
7107 FirstType = SrcType;
7108 SecondType = DstType;
7109 break;
7110 }
7111
7112 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action
Anders Carlssonace5d072009-11-10 04:46:30 +00007113 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
Chris Lattner9bad62c2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00007114 return isInvalid;
7115}
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007116
Chris Lattnerc71d08b2009-04-25 21:59:05 +00007117bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007118 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
7119 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
7120 if (Result)
7121 *Result = ICEResult;
7122 return false;
7123 }
7124
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007125 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
7126
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007127 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007128 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
7129 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
7130
7131 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
7132 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
7133 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
7134 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
7135 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
7136 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
7137 }
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007138
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007139 return true;
7140 }
7141
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007142 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
7143 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007144
Eli Friedmanbb967cc2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00007145 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
7146 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
7147 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump4e1f26a2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00007148
Anders Carlssone54e8a12008-11-30 19:50:32 +00007149 if (Result)
7150 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
7151 return false;
7152}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007153
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007154void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007155Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007156 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
7157 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext, ExprTemporaries.size()));
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007158}
7159
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007160void
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007161Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7162 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
7163 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
7164 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007165
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007166 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
7167 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
7168 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
7169 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
7170 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007171 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
Douglas Gregorfab31f42009-12-12 07:57:52 +00007172 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
7173 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
7174 I != IEnd; ++I)
7175 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
7176 }
7177
7178 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
7179 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
7180 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
7181 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
7182 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
7183 I != IEnd; ++I)
7184 Diag(I->first, I->second);
7185 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007186 }
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007187
7188 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
7189 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
7190 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
7191 // will never be constructed.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007192 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated &&
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007193 ExprTemporaries.size() > Rec.NumTemporaries)
7194 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
7195 ExprTemporaries.end());
7196
7197 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
7198 Rec.Destroy();
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007199}
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007200
7201/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
7202///
7203/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
7204/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
7205/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
7206/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
7207///
7208/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
7209///
7210/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
7211void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
7212 assert(D && "No declaration?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007213
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007214 if (D->isUsed())
7215 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007216
Douglas Gregor3beaf9b2009-10-08 21:35:42 +00007217 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
7218 // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
7219 // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
7220 // -Wunused-parameters)
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007221 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
Douglas Gregorfd27fed2010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007222 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) {
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007223 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregorfd27fed2010-04-07 20:29:57 +00007224 return;
7225 }
7226
7227 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
7228 return;
7229
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007230 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
7231 // an instantiation.
7232 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
7233 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007234
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007235 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007236 case Unevaluated:
7237 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
7238 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007239
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007240 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7241 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
7242 // "used"; handle this below.
7243 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007244
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007245 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7246 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
7247 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
7248 // potentially evaluated.
Douglas Gregorff790f12009-11-26 00:44:06 +00007249 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor0b6a6242009-06-22 20:57:11 +00007250 return;
7251 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007252
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007253 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian3a363432009-06-22 17:30:33 +00007254 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007255 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian18eb69a2009-06-22 20:37:23 +00007256 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
7257 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7258 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007259 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +00007260 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian477d2422009-06-22 23:34:40 +00007261 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
7262 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
7263 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007264
Anders Carlsson82fccd02009-12-07 08:24:59 +00007265 MaybeMarkVirtualMembersReferenced(Loc, Constructor);
Fariborz Jahanian24a175b2009-06-26 23:49:16 +00007266 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
7267 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
7268 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007269
Fariborz Jahanian41f79272009-06-25 21:45:19 +00007270 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
7271 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7272 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
7273 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
7274 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
7275 }
7276 }
Fariborz Jahanian49796cc72009-06-24 22:09:44 +00007277 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007278 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
Douglas Gregor4adbc6d2009-06-26 00:10:03 +00007279 // class templates.
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007280 if (!Function->getBody() && Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007281 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
7282 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
7283 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
7284 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7285 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007286 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007287 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007288 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007289 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007290 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
7291 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
7292 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007293 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
Douglas Gregorafca3b42009-10-27 20:53:28 +00007294 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007295 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
7296 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007297
Douglas Gregor7f792cf2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007298 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
7299 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
7300 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
7301 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
7302 Loc));
7303 else
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007304 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
Douglas Gregor7f792cf2010-01-16 22:29:39 +00007305 Loc));
7306 }
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007307 }
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007308
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007309 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007310 Function->setUsed(true);
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007311
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007312 return;
Douglas Gregor77b50e12009-06-22 23:06:13 +00007313 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007314
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007315 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007316 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007317 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
Douglas Gregor06db9f52009-10-12 20:18:28 +00007318 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
7319 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
7320 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
7321 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
7322 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
7323 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
7324 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
7325 }
7326 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007327
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007328 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007329
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007330 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00007331 return;
Sam Weinigbae69142009-09-11 03:29:30 +00007332 }
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00007333}
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007334
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007335/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
7336/// of the program being compiled.
7337///
7338/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007339/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007340/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
7341/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
7342/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
7343/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007344/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007345/// later.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007346///
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007347/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
7348/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
7349/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
7350/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007351bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007352 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
7353 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context ) {
7354 case Unevaluated:
7355 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
7356 break;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007357
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007358 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
7359 Diag(Loc, PD);
7360 return true;
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007361
Douglas Gregorda8cdbc2009-12-22 01:01:55 +00007362 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
7363 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
7364 break;
7365 }
7366
7367 return false;
7368}
7369
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007370bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
7371 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
7372 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
7373 return false;
7374
7375 PartialDiagnostic Note =
7376 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
7377 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
7378 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007379
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007380 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007381 FD ?
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007382 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
7383 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007384 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00007385 << CE->getSourceRange(),
7386 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
7387 return true;
7388
7389 return false;
7390}
7391
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007392// Diagnose the common s/=/==/ typo. Note that adding parentheses
7393// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
7394void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
7395 SourceLocation Loc;
7396
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007397 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
7398
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007399 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
7400 BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
7401 if (Op->getOpcode() != BinaryOperator::Assign)
7402 return;
7403
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007404 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
7405 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
7406 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
7407 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
7408
John McCallb0e419e2009-11-12 00:06:05 +00007409 // self = [<foo> init...]
7410 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS())
7411 && Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName().startswith("init"))
7412 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7413
7414 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
7415 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() &&
7416 Sel.getIdentifierInfoForSlot(0)->getName() == "nextObject")
7417 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
7418 }
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007419
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007420 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7421 } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
7422 CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
7423 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
7424 return;
7425
7426 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
7427 } else {
7428 // Not an assignment.
7429 return;
7430 }
7431
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007432 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
John McCalle724ae92009-10-12 22:25:59 +00007433 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Kovarththanan Rajaratnamba2c6522010-03-13 10:17:05 +00007434
John McCall0506e4a2009-11-11 02:41:58 +00007435 Diag(Loc, diagnostic)
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007436 << E->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007437 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
7438 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
Douglas Gregorfa1e36d2010-01-08 00:20:23 +00007439 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
Douglas Gregora771f462010-03-31 17:46:05 +00007440 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007441}
7442
7443bool Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *&E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7444 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
7445
7446 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregorb92a1562010-02-03 00:27:59 +00007447 DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
John McCalld5707ab2009-10-12 21:59:07 +00007448
7449 QualType T = E->getType();
7450
7451 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7452 if (CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E)) // C++ 6.4p4
7453 return true;
7454 } else if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
7455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
7456 << T << E->getSourceRange();
7457 return true;
7458 }
7459 }
7460
7461 return false;
7462}